M37754M8C-XXXGP [RENESAS]

SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER; 单芯片16位CMOS微机
M37754M8C-XXXGP
型号: M37754M8C-XXXGP
厂家: RENESAS TECHNOLOGY CORP    RENESAS TECHNOLOGY CORP
描述:

SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER
单芯片16位CMOS微机

计算机
文件: 总115页 (文件大小:1558K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
To all our customers  
Regarding the change of names mentioned in the document, such as Mitsubishi  
Electric and Mitsubishi XX, to Renesas Technology Corp.  
The semiconductor operations of Hitachi and Mitsubishi Electric were transferred to Renesas  
Technology Corporation on April 1st 2003. These operations include microcomputer, logic, analog  
and discrete devices, and memory chips other than DRAMs (flash memory, SRAMs etc.)  
Accordingly, although Mitsubishi Electric, Mitsubishi Electric Corporation, Mitsubishi  
Semiconductors, and other Mitsubishi brand names are mentioned in the document, these names  
have in fact all been changed to Renesas Technology Corp. Thank you for your understanding.  
Except for our corporate trademark, logo and corporate statement, no ces whatsoever have been  
made to the contents of the document, and these changes do not cony alteration to the  
contents of the document itself.  
Note : Mitsubishi Electric will continue the business opof high frequency & optical devices  
and power devices.  
Renesas Technology Corp.  
Customer Support Dept.  
April 1, 2003  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Instruction execution time  
DESCRIPTION  
The M37754M8C-XXXGP is a single-chip microcomputer designed  
with high-performance CMOS silicon gate technology. This is housed  
in a 100-pin plastic molded QFP.  
The fastest instruction at 40 MHz frequency ...................... 100 ns  
Single power supply ...................................................... 5V 10 %  
Low power dissipation (at 40 MHz frequency) .......125 mW (Typ.)  
Interrupts ........................................................... 21 types, 7 levels  
Multiple-function 16-bit timer ................................................... 5+3  
(three-phase motor drive waveform or pulse motor control wave-  
form output)  
This microcomputer has a CPU and a bus interface unit. The CPU is  
a 16-bit parallel processor that can also be switched to perform 8-bit  
parallel processing, and the bus interface unit enhances the memory  
access efficiency to execute instructions fast.  
Serial I/O (UART or clock synchronous) ..................................... 2  
10-bit A-D converter ............................................ 8-channel inputs  
8-bit D-A converter ............................................ 2-channel outputs  
12-bit watchdog timer  
In addition to the 7700 Family basic instructions, the M37754M8C-  
XXXGP has 6 special instructions which contain instructions for  
signed multiplication/division; these added instructions improve the  
servo arithmetic performance to control hard disk drives and so on.  
This microcomputer also include the ROM, RAM, multiple-function  
timers, motor control function, serial I/O, A-D converter, D-A con-  
verter, and so on.  
Programmable input/output  
(ports P0—P11) ......................................................................... 87  
Small package [M37754M8C-XXXHP]  
.................................10-pin fine pitch QFP (read pitch : 0.5 mm)  
The differences between M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP,  
M37754S4CGP and M37754S4CHP are listed in the table on the  
next page: the internal ROM, usable processor mode, and package.  
Therefore, the following descriptions will be for the M37754M8C-  
XXXGP unless otherwise noted.  
APPLICATION  
Control devices computer peripheral equipment such as  
CD-ROM drik drives, high density FDD, printers  
Control dce equipment such as copiers and facsimiles  
Controindustrial equipment such as communication and  
meuments  
DISTINCTIVE FEATURES  
Number of basic machine instructions .................................... 109  
ces for equipment required for motor control such as in-  
conditioner and general purpose inverter  
(103 basic instructions of 7700 Family + 6 special instructions)  
Memory size  
ROM ................................................ 60 Kbytes  
RAM................................................2048 byte
M37754M8C-XXXGP PIN CONFIGURATP VIEW)  
81  
8
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
50  
49  
48  
47  
46  
45  
44  
43  
42  
41  
40  
39  
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
31  
P87/TXD1  
P86/RXD1  
P85/CLK1  
P111/D9  
P112D10  
P113/D11  
P114/D12  
P115/D13  
P116/D14  
P117/D15  
P30/WR  
P31/BHE  
P32/ALE  
P33/HLDA  
VCC  
VSS  
E/RD  
XOUT  
XIN  
RESET  
CNVSS  
BYTE  
P84/CTS1/RTS1/DA1/INT4  
P83/TX
P82/RXD0/C
P81/C
P80/CTS0/RTS0/CLKS1/DA0  
VCC  
AVCC  
VREF  
AVSS  
VSS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP  
or  
M37754S4CGP  
P77/AN7/ADTRG  
P76/AN6  
P75/AN5  
P74/AN4  
P73/AN3  
P72/AN2  
P71/AN1  
P40/HOLD  
Outline 100P6S-A  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
M37754M8C-XXXHP PIN CONFIGURATION (TOP VIEW)  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
50 P107/D7/LA7  
49 P110/D8  
48 P111/D9  
47 P112/D10  
46 P113/D11  
45 P114/D12  
44 P115/D13  
43 P116/D14  
42 P117/D15  
41 P30/WR  
0 P31/BHE  
P32/ALE  
P33/HLDA  
P02/A2 ↔  
P01/A1 ↔  
P00/A0 ↔  
P87/TXD1 ↔  
P86/RXD1 ↔  
P85/CLK1 ↔  
P84/CTS1/RTS1/DA1/INT4 ↔  
P83/TXD0 ↔  
P82/RXD0/CLKS0 ↔  
P81/CLK0 ↔  
P80/CTS0/RTS0/CLKS1/DA0 ↔  
VCC  
M37754M8C-XXXHP  
or  
AVCC  
VREF →  
AVSS  
36  
VCC  
VSS  
M37754S4CHP  
V
SS  
35 E/RD  
34 XOUT  
33 XIN  
P77/AN7/ADTRG 92  
P76/AN6 93  
P75/AN5 94  
32 RESET  
P74/AN4 95  
31  
CNVSS  
P73/AN3 ↔  
P72/AN2 ↔  
P71/AN1 ↔  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
30 BYTE  
29 P40/HOLD  
28 P41/RDY  
27 P42/φ1  
26 P43  
P70/AN0 ↔  
P95/INT3/KI4 ↔  
Outline 100P6Q-A  
Differences between M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP, M37754S4CGP, and M37754S4CHP  
Product  
M37754M8C-XXXGP  
M37754M8C-XXXHP  
Internal ROM  
Equipped  
Usable processor mode  
Single-chip mode  
Package  
100-pin QFP (100P6S-A)  
100-pin fine pitch QFP  
(100P6Q-A)  
(60 Kbytes)  
Memory expansion mode  
Microprocessor mode  
Microprocessor mode  
M37754S4CGP  
M37754S4CHP  
Not equipped  
100-pin QFP (100P6S-A)  
100-pin fine pitch QFP (100P6Q-A)  
(External ROM)  
2
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Data Bus(Even)  
Data Bus(Odd)  
Data Buffer DBH(8)  
Data Buffer DBL(8)  
Instruction Queue Buffer Q  
Instruction Queue Buffer Q  
Instruction Queue Buffer Q  
0(8)  
1(8)  
2(8)  
Address B
Incrementer(24)  
Program Address Register PA(24)  
Data Address Register DA(24)  
Incrementer/Decrementer(24)  
Program Counter PC(1
Program Bank Reg
Data Bank
Igister IB(16)  
ssor Status Register PS(11)  
Direct Page Register DPR(16)  
Stack Pointer S(16)  
Index Register Y(16)  
Index Register X(16)  
Accumulator B(16)  
Accumulator A(16)  
Arithmetic Logic  
Unit(16)  
3
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
FUNCTIONS OF M37754M8C-XXXGP  
Parameter  
Number of basic machine instructions  
Instruction execution time  
Functions  
109  
100 ns (the fastest instruction at external clock 40 MHz frequency)  
ROM (Note 1)  
60 Kbytes  
Memory size  
RAM  
2048 bytes  
P0, P1, P4 – P8, P10, P11  
8-bit × 9  
P2  
Input/Output ports (Note 2)  
P3  
5-bit × 1  
4-bit × 1  
P9  
6-bit × 1  
TA0, TA1, TA2, TA3, TA4  
Multiple-function timers  
16-bit × 5  
TB0, TB1, TB2  
16-bit × 3  
Serial I/O  
(UART or clock synchronous serial I/O) × 2  
A-D converter  
10-bit × 1(8 channels)  
8-bit × 2  
D-A converter  
Watchdog timer  
Short-circuit prevention time set timer  
Interrupts  
12-bit × 1  
8-bit × 3  
5 external typel types  
(Each interrt to priority levels 0 – 7.)  
Clock generating circuit  
Supply voltage  
Built-in (exed to a ceramic resonator or quartz crystal resonator)  
5 V±
Power dissipation  
1ernal clock 40 MHz frequency)  
Input/Output withstand voltage  
Input/Output characteristic  
Output current  
Memory expansion  
Operating temperature range  
Device structure  
imum 16 Mbytes  
20 to 85 °C  
CMOS high-performance silicon gate process  
100-pin plastic molded QFP  
Package  
Notes 1: The M37754S4CGP and the M37754S4CHP are ith ROM.  
2: Input/Output ports for the M37754S4CGP and tCHP are as shown below :  
P5-P8, P11 (8-bit × 5)  
P4 (5-bit × 1)  
P9 (6-bit × 1)  
4
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
PIN DESCRIPTION (MICROCOMPUTER MODE)  
Input/  
Output  
Pin  
Name  
Functions  
VCC, VSS  
CNVSS  
Power supply  
Supply 5 V±10 % to VCC and 0 V to VSS.  
CNVSS input  
Reset input  
Clock input  
Input  
Input  
This pin controls the processor mode. Connect to VSS for single-chip mode or memory  
expansion mode. Connect to VCC for microprocessor mode and external ROM version.  
RESET  
XIN  
This is reset input pin. The microcomputer is reset when supplying “L” level to this  
pin.  
These are I/O pins of internal clock generating circuit.Connect a ceramic or quartz-  
crystal resonator between XIN and XOUT. When an external clock is used, the clock  
Input  
XOUT  
E
Clock output  
Output  
source should be connected to the XIN pin and the XOUT pin should be left open.  
_
Output This pin outputs enable signal E, which indicates access state of data bus for  
Enable output  
single-chip mode.  
___  
This pin outputs RD signal for memory expansion mode or microprocessor mode.  
BYTE  
(Note)  
Bus width select input  
Analog supply input  
Input  
This pin determines whether the external data bus is 8-bit width or 16-bit width for  
memory expansion mode or microprocessor mode. The width is 16 bits when “L”  
signal inputs and 8 bits when “H” signal inp.  
AVCC,  
AVSS  
Power supply for the A-D converter and onverter. Connect AVCC to VCC  
and AVSS to VSS externally.  
VREF  
Reference voltage input  
I/O port P0  
Input  
I/O  
This is reference voltage input pin onverter and the D-A converter.  
P00 – P07  
In single-chip mode, port P0 is port. This port has an I/O direction  
register and each pin can bd for input or output. These ports are in  
the input mode when resA0 - A7) is output in memory expansion mode  
or microprocessor mod
P10 – P17  
I/O port P1  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
In single-chip modehave the same functions as port P0. Address (A8 -  
A15) is output in ansion mode or microprocessor mode.  
P20 – P23, I/O port P2  
P27  
In single-chip pins have the same functions as port P0. Address (A16 -  
A19, A23) is emory expansion mode or microprocessor mode.  
P30 – P33  
I/O port P3  
In singlthese pins have the same functions as port P0. In memory  
___ ____  
_____  
expaor microprocessor mode, WR, BHE , ALE, and HLDA signals are  
ou
P40 – P47  
I/O port P4  
I/O  
ip mode, these pins have the same functions as port P0. In memory  
_____  
n mode or micro processor mode, P40, P41, and P42 become HOLD and  
put pins, and clock φ1 output pin respectively. Functions of other pins are  
same as in single-chip mode. In memory expansion mode, P42 can be  
rogrammed as I/O port.  
P50 – P57  
P60 – P67  
I/O port P5  
I/O port P6  
I/O  
In addition to having the same functions as port P0 in single-chip mode, these pins  
also function as I/O pins for timer A0, timer A1, timer A2, timer A3, output pins for  
motor drive waveform, and input pins for key input interrupt.  
In addition to having the same functions as port P0 in single-chip mode, these pins  
____  
also function as I/O pins for timer A4, input pins for external interrupt input INT0,  
____  
____  
INT1, and INT2, and input pins for timer B0, timer B1, and timer B2.  
P70 – P77  
P80 – P87  
I/O port P7  
I/O port P8  
I/O  
I/O  
In addition to having the same functions as port P0 in single-chip mode, these pins  
also function as input pins for A-D converter.  
In addition to having the same functions as port P0 in single-chip mode, these pins  
also function as I/O pins for UART0, UART1, output pins for D-A converter, and  
____  
input pin for INT4.  
P90 – P95  
I/O port P9  
I/O  
In addition to having the same functions as port P0 in single-chip mode, these pins  
____  
also function as input pin for INT3, output pins for motor drive waveform.  
In memory expansion mode and microprocessor mode, these pins can be  
___ ___  
programmed as address (A20 - A22) or output pins for CS0 – CS4  
Note: It is impossible to change the input level of the BYTE pin in each bus cycle. In other words, bus width cannot be switched dynamically. Fix the input  
level of the BYTE pin to “H” or “L” according to the bus width used.  
5
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Input/  
Output  
Pin  
Name  
I/O port P10  
Functions  
I/O  
In single-chip mode, these pins have the same functions as port P0. In memory  
expansion mode or microprocessor mode, these pins become data I/O pins and  
operate as follows:  
P100 – P107  
(1) When using 16-bit width as external data bus width:  
Accessing external memory  
<When reading>  
Pins’ value is input into low-order internal data bus (DB0 to DB7).  
<When writing>  
Value of low-order internal data bus (DB0 to DB7) is output to these pins.  
Accessing internal memory  
<When reading>  
These pins become high impedance.  
<When writing>  
Value of internal data bus is output to these pins.  
(2) When using 8-bit width as external data bus width:  
Accessing external memory  
<When reading>  
Pins’ value is input into internhe value is input into low-order  
internal data bus (DB0 to Dessing an even address; it is input  
into high-order internal dto DB15) when accessing an odd  
address.  
<When writing>  
Value of internal utput to these pins. The value of low-order  
internal data bB7) is output when accessing an even address;  
the value of ternal data bus (DB8 to DB15) is output when  
accessinress.  
Accessiemory  
<Whe
Tcome high impedance.  
g>  
nternal data bus is output to these pins.  
he external bus width is 8 bits, the mode where low-order address  
___ ___  
– LA7) is output when RD or WR output is “H” and data (D0 – D7) is  
___ ___  
put/output when RD or WR output is “L” can be selected in specified  
external memory area access cycle.  
P110 – P117  
I/O port P11  
n single-chip mode, these pins have the same functions as port P0. In memory  
expansion mode or microprocessor mode, these pins operate as follows:  
(1) When using 16-bit width as external data bus width  
Accessing external memory  
<When reading>  
The value is input into high-order internal data bus (DB8 to DB15) when  
accessing an odd address; these pins enter high impedance state when not  
accessing an odd address.  
<When writing>  
Value of high-order internal data bus (DB8-DB15) is output to these pins.  
Accessing internal memory  
<When reading>  
These pins enter high impedance state.  
<When writing>  
Value of internal data bus is output to these pins.  
(2) When using 8-bit width as external data bus width  
These pins become I/O port P110 – P117.  
6
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Addresses FFD216 to FFFF16 are the RESET and interrupt vector  
addresses and contain the interrupt vectors. Refer to the section on  
BASIC FUNCTION BLOCKS  
The M37754M8C-XXXGP contains the following devices on a single  
chip: ROM, RAM, CPU, bus interface unit, timers, UART, A-D con-  
verter, D-A converter, I/O ports, clock generating circuit and others.  
Each of these devices is described below.  
interrupts for details.  
The 2048-byte area from addresses 8016 to 87F16 contains the inter-  
nal RAM. In addition to storing data, the RAM is used as stack during  
a subroutine call, or interrupts.  
Assigned to addresses 016 to 7F16 are peripheral devices such as  
I/O ports, A-D converter, D-A converter, UART, timer, and interrupt  
control registers.  
MEMORY  
The memory map is shown in Figure 1. The address space is 16  
Mbytes from addresses 016 to FFFFFF16. The address space is di-  
vided into 64-Kbyte units called banks. The banks are numbered  
from 016 to FF16.  
Additionally the internal ROM area can be modified by software.  
Refer to the section on ROM area modification function for details.  
A 256-byte direct page area can be allocated anywhere in bank 016  
using the direct page register DPR. In direct page addressing mode,  
the memory in the direct page area can be accessed with two words  
thus reducing program steps.  
Internal ROM, internal RAM, and control registers for internal periph-  
eral devices are assigned to bank 016.  
The 60-Kbyte area from addresses 100016 to FFFF16 is the internal  
ROM.  
00000016  
00000016  
00007F16  
00008016  
0000016  
Peripherai devices  
control registers  
Bank 016  
see Fig. 2 for  
further information  
Intern
20
00007F16  
00FFFF16  
01000016  
00087F16  
Interrupt vector table  
00FFD216  
INT4  
Bank 116  
INT3  
A–D  
01FFFF16  
UART1 transmit  
UART1 receive  
UART0 transmit  
UART0 receive  
Timer B2  
Timer B1  
Timer B0  
Internal ROM  
60 Kbytes  
Timer A4  
Timer A3  
Timer A2  
Timer A1  
Timer A0  
FE000016  
Bank FE16  
INT2  
INT1  
FEFFFF16  
FF000016  
INT0  
Watchdog timer  
DBC  
BRK instruction  
Zero divide  
Bank FF16  
00FFFE16  
RESET  
00FFFF16  
FFFFFF16  
Note: Internal ROM area can be modified. (Refer to the section on ROM area modification function.)  
Fig. 1 Memory map  
7
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Address (Hexadecimal notation)  
Address (Hexadecimal notation)  
Count start register  
000000  
000001  
000040  
000041  
000042  
000043  
000044  
000045  
000046  
000047  
000048  
000049  
00004A  
00004B  
00004C  
00004D  
00004E  
00004F  
000050  
000051  
000052  
000053  
000054  
000055  
000056  
000057  
000058  
0000
00
E  
05F  
00060  
000061  
000062  
000063  
000064  
000065  
000066  
000067  
000068  
000069  
00006A  
00006B  
00006C  
00006D  
00006E  
00006F  
000070  
000071  
000072  
000073  
000074  
000075  
000076  
000077  
000078  
000079  
00007A  
00007B  
00007C  
00007D  
00007E  
00007F  
One-shot start register  
Port P0 register  
Port P1 register  
Port P0 direction register  
Port P1 direction register  
Port P2 register  
Port P3 register  
Port P2 direction register  
Port P3 direction register  
Port P4 register  
Port P5 register  
000002  
000003  
000004  
000005  
000006  
000007  
000008  
000009  
00000A  
00000B  
00000C  
00000D  
00000E  
00000F  
000010  
000011  
000012  
000013  
000014  
000015  
000016  
000017  
000018  
000019  
00001A  
00001B  
00001C  
00001D  
00001E  
00001F  
000020  
000021  
000022  
000023  
000024  
000025  
000026  
000027  
000028  
000029  
00002A  
00002B  
00002C  
00002D  
00002E  
00002F  
000030  
000031  
000032  
000033  
000034  
000035  
000036  
000037  
000038  
000039  
00003A  
00003B  
00003C  
00003D  
00003E  
00003F  
Up-down register  
Timer A write register  
Timer A0 register  
Timer A1 register  
Timer A2 register  
Timer A3 register  
Timer A4 register  
Timer B0 registe
Timer B1 r
Timer
Port P4 direction register  
Port P5 direction register  
Port P6 register  
Port P7 register  
Port P6 direction register  
Port P7 direction register  
Port P8 register  
Port P9 register  
Port P8 direction register  
Port P9 direction register  
Port P10 register  
Port P11 register  
Port P10 direction register  
Port P11 direction register  
Waveform output mode register  
Dead-time timer  
Pulse output data register 1  
Pulse output data register 0  
A-D control register 0  
Tregister  
e register  
ode register  
3 mode register  
r A4 mode register  
mer B0 mode register  
Timer B1 mode register  
Timer B2 mode register  
Processor mode register 0  
Processor mode register 1  
Watchdog timer register  
Watchdog timer frequency select register  
Chip select control register  
Chip select area register  
Comparator function select register  
Reserved area (Note)  
A-D control register 1  
A-D register 0  
A-D register 1  
A-D register 2  
A-D register 3  
A-D register 4  
A-D register 5  
A-D registe
A-D register 7  
Comparator result register  
Reserved area (Note)  
D-A register 0  
D-A register 1  
Particular function select register 0  
Particular function select register 1  
INT4 interrupt control register  
INT3 interrupt control register  
A-D interrupt control register  
UART0 transmit/receive mode register  
UART0 baud rate register  
UART0 trasmit interrupt control register  
UART0 receive interrupt control register  
UART1 trasmit interrupt control register  
UART1 receive interrupt control register  
Timer A0 interrupt control register  
Timer A1 interrupt control register  
Timer A2 interrupt control register  
Timer A3 interrupt control register  
Timer A4 interrupt control register  
Timer B0 interrupt control register  
Timer B1 interrupt control register  
Timer B2 interrupt control register  
INT0 interrupt control register  
UART0 transmit buffer register  
UART0 transmit/receive control register 0  
UART0 transmit/receive control register 1  
UART0 receive buffer register  
UART1 transmit/receive mode register  
UART1 baud rate register  
UART1 transmit buffer register  
UART1 transmit/receive control register 0  
UART1 transmit/receive control register 1  
INT1 interrupt control register  
INT2 interrupt control register  
UART1 receive buffer register  
Note: Do not write to this address.  
Fig. 2 Location of peripheral devices and interrupt control registers  
8
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
In index addressing mode, register X is used as the index register  
CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU)  
The CPU has ten registers and is shown in Figure 3. Each of these  
registers is described below.  
and the contents of this address is added to obtain the real address.  
Index register X functions as a pointer register which indicates an  
address of data table in instructions MVP, MVN, RMPA (Repeat  
MultiPly and Accumulate).  
ACCUMULATOR A (A)  
Accumulator A is the main register of the microcomputer. It consists  
of 16 bits and the low-order 8 bits can be used separately. The data  
length flag m determines whether the register is used as 16-bit regis-  
ter or as 8-bit register. It is used as a 16-bit register when flag m is “0”  
and as an 8-bit register when flag m is “1”. Flag m is a part of the pro-  
cessor status register (PS) which is described later.  
INDEX REGISTER Y (Y)  
Index register Y consists of 16 bits and the low-order 8 bits can be  
used separately. The index register length flag x determines whether  
the register is used as 16-bit register or as 8-bit register. It is used as  
a 16-bit register when flag x is “0” and as an 8-bit register when flag x  
is “1”. Flag x is a part of the processor status register (PS) which is  
described later.  
Data operations such as calculations, data transfer, input/output,  
etc., is executed mainly through the accumulator.  
In index addressing mode, register Y is used as the index register  
and the contents of this adis added to obtain the real address.  
Index register Y functionter register which indicates an  
address of data tabtions MVP, MVN, RMPA (Repeat  
MultiPly and Acc
ACCUMULATOR B (B)  
Accumulator B has the same functions as accumulator A, but the use  
of accumulator B requires more instruction bytes and execution  
cycles than accumulator A.  
INDEX REGISTER X (X)  
Index register X consists of 16 bits and the low-order 8 bits can be  
used separately. The index register length flag x determines whether  
the register is used as 16-bit register or as 8-bit register. It is used as  
a 16-bit register when flag x is “0” and as an 8-bit register when
x is “1”. Flag x is a part of the processor status register (PS) w
described later.  
7
7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
AH  
AL  
BL  
XL  
YL  
Accumulator A  
5  
15  
15  
15  
15  
15  
BH  
XH  
YH  
Accumulator B  
7
7
Index register X  
Index register Y  
7
7
0
0
S
Stack pointer S  
PG  
DT  
Program bank register PG  
Data bank register DT  
PC  
Program counter PC  
Direct page register DPR  
Processor status register PS  
DPR  
7
15  
0
IPL2 IPL1 IPL0  
0
0
0
0
N
V
m
x
D
I
Z C  
Carry flag  
Zero flag  
Interrupt disable flag  
Decimal mode flag  
Index register length flag  
Data length flag  
Overflow flag  
Negative flag  
Processor interrupt priority level IPL  
Fig. 3 Register structure  
9
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
STACK POINTER (S)  
PROCESSOR STATUS REGISTER (PS)  
Stack pointer (S) is a 16-bit register. It is used during a subroutine call  
or interrupts. It is also used during stack, stack pointer relative, or  
stack pointer relative indirect indexed Y addressing mode.  
Processor status register (PS) is an 11-bit register. It consists of a  
flag to indicate the result of operation and CPU interrupt levels.  
Branch operations can be performed by testing the flags C, Z, V, and  
N.  
The details of each bit of the processor status register are described  
below.  
PROGRAM COUNTER (PC)  
Program counter (PC) is a 16-bit counter that indicates the low-order  
16 bits of the next program memory address to be executed. There  
is a bus interface unit between the program memory and the CPU,  
so that the program memory is accessed through bus interface unit.  
This is described later.  
1. Carry flag (C)  
The carry flag contains the carry or borrow generated by the ALU af-  
ter an arithmetic operation. This flag is also affected by shift and ro-  
tate instructions. This flag can be set and reset directly with the SEC  
and CLC instructions or with the SEP and CLP instructions.  
PROGRAM BANK REGISTER (PG)  
Program bank register is an 8-bit register that indicates the high-or-  
der 8 bits of the next program memory address to be executed.  
When a carry occurs by incrementing the contents of the program  
counter, the contents of the program bank register (PG) is increased  
by 1. Also, when a carry or borrow occurs after adding or subtracting  
the offset value to or from the contents of the program counter (PC)  
using the branch instruction, the contents of the program bank regis-  
ter (PG) is increased or decreased by 1, so that programs can be  
written without worrying about bank boundaries.  
2. Zero flag (Z)  
The zero flag is set if the of an arithmetic operation or data  
transfer is zero and re. This flag can be set and reset  
directly with the SEstructions.  
3. Interrule flag (I)  
When the sable flag is set to “1”, all interrupts except  
watchC, and software interrupt are disabled. This flag  
is smatically when there is an interrupt. It can be set and  
with the SEI and CLI instructions or SEP and CLP in-  
.  
DATA BANK REGISTER (DT)  
Data bank register (DT) is an 8-bit register. With some addressing  
modes, the data bank register (DT) is used to specify a part of the  
memory address. The contents of data bank register (DT) is used
the high-order 8 bits of a 24-bit address. Addressing modes t
the data bank register (DT) are direct indirect, direct index
rect, direct indirect indexed Y, absolute, absolute bit-  
dexed X, absolute indexed Y, absolute bit relative, nter  
relative indirect indexed Y.  
Decimal mode flag (D)  
The decimal mode flag determines whether addition and subtraction  
are performed as binary or decimal. Binary arithmetic is performed  
when this flag is “0”. If it is “1”, decimal arithmetic is performed with  
each word treated as 2- or 4- digit decimal. Arithmetic operation is  
performed using four digits when the data length flag m is “0” and  
with two digits when it is “1”. Decimal adjust is automatically per-  
formed. (Decimal operation is possible only with the ADC and SBC  
instructions.) This flag can be set and reset with the SEP and CLP  
instructions.  
DIRECT PAGE REGISTER
Direct page register (DPR) is a 16-contents is used as  
the base address of a 256-byte area. The direct page  
area is allocated in bank 016, but n the contents of DPR is  
FF0116 or greater, the direct page area spans across bank 016 and  
bank 116. All direct addressing modes use the contents of the direct  
page register (DPR) to generate the data address. If the low-order 8  
bits of the direct page register (DPR) is “0016”, the number of cycles  
required to generate an address is minimized.  
Normally the low-order 8 bits of the direct page register (DPR) is set  
to “0016”.  
10  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
5. Index register length flag (x)  
9. Processor interrupt priority level (IPL)  
The index register length flag determines whether index register X  
and index register Y are used as 16-bit registers or as 8-bit registers.  
The registers are used as 16-bit registers when flag x is “0” and as 8-  
bit registers when it is “1”.  
The processor interrupt priority level (IPL) consists of 3 bits and de-  
termines the priority of processor interrupts from level 0 to level 7.  
Interrupt is enabled when the interrupt priority of the device request-  
ing interrupt (set using the interrupt control register) is higher than the  
processor interrupt priority. When interrupt is enabled, the current  
processor interrupt priority level is saved in a stack and the proces-  
sor interrupt priority level is replaced by the interrupt priority level of  
the device requesting the interrupt. Refer to the section on interrupts  
for more details.  
This flag can be set and reset with the SEP and CLP instructions.  
6. Data length flag (m)  
The data length flag determines whether the data length is 16-bit or  
8-bit. The data length is 16-bit when flag m is “0” and 8-bit when it is  
“1”. This flag can be set and reset with the SEM and CLM instructions  
or with the SEP and CLP instructions.  
Note: Fix bits 11 to 15 of the processor status register (PS) to “0”.  
BUS INTERFACE UNIT  
The CPU operates on the basis of internal clock φ CPU frequency. In  
order to speed-up processing, a bus interface unit is used to pre-  
fetch instructions when thbus is idle. The bus interface unit  
synchronizes the CPU and pre-fetches instructions. Fig-  
ure 4 shows the relaeen the CPU and the bus interface  
unit.  
7. Overflow flag (V)  
The overflow flag is valid when addition or subtraction is performed  
with a word treated as a signed binary number. If data length flag m  
is “0”, the overflow flag is set when the result of addition or subtrac-  
tion is outside the range between –32768 and +32767. If data length  
flag m is “1”, the overflow flag is set when the result of addition or  
subtraction is outside the range between –128 and +127. It is reset  
in all other cases. The overflow flag can also be set and reset directly  
with the SEP, and CLV or CLP instructions.  
The bus intentrols buses to access memories easily.  
Refer to Bn the following pages. The bus interface unit  
has a ess register, a 3-byte instruction queue buffer, a  
datister, and a 2-byte data buffer.  
Additionally, the overflow flag is set when a result of unsigned/signed  
division exceeds the length of the register where the result is to be  
stored; the flag is also set when the addition result is outside range  
of –2147483648 to +2147483647 in the RMPA operation.  
face unit obtains an instruction code from memory and  
n the instruction queue buffer, obtains data from memory  
ores it in the data buffer, or writes the data form the data buffer  
he memory.  
8. Negative flag (N)  
The negative flag is set when the result of arithmetic op
data transfer is negative (If data length flag m is “0”, d
“1”. If data length flag m is “1”, data’s bit 7 is “1”.) It is ther  
cases. It can also be set and reset with the SEnstruc-  
tions.  
D'8–D'15  
D'0–D'7  
A'0–A'23  
D8–D15  
D0–D7  
A0–A23  
BHE  
Bus interface  
CPU  
WR  
unit  
RD  
ALE  
Control signal  
BYTE  
HOLD  
Fig. 4 Relationship between the CPU and the bus interface unit  
11  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Figure 5 shows basic waveforms of the bus interface unit. The RD  
(BYTE) to “L” (external data bus width = 16 bits). The internal  
memory area is always treated as 16-bit bus width regardless of  
BYTE.  
signal becomes “L” when the bus interface unit reads an instruction  
___  
code or data from memory. The WR signal becomes “L” when the  
bus interface unit writes data to memory.  
When performing 16-bit data read or write, if the conditions for simul-  
taneously accessing two bytes are not satisfied, waveforms (2) and  
(4) are used to access each byte, one by one.  
Waveforms (1) and (3) in Figure 5 are used to access a single byte  
or two bytes simultaneously. To read or write two bytes simulta-  
neously, the first address accessed must be even. Furthermore,  
when accessing an external memory area in memory expansion  
mode or microprocessor mode, set the bus width select input pin  
However, when prefetching the instruction code, if the address of the  
instruction code is odd, only one byte is read in the instruction queue  
buffer.  
(1)  
(2)  
WR  
RD  
WR  
RD  
Internal address  
bus  
Internal address  
bus  
Address  
A
Address (even)  
(A0 – A23)  
(A0 – A23)  
Internal data bus  
(D0 – D7)  
Internal data bus  
(D0 – D7)  
Data (even)  
Invalid data  
Data (even)  
Internal data bus  
(D8 – D15)  
Internal data bus  
(D8 – D
Data (odd)  
Data (odd)  
Invalid data  
(3)  
WR  
WR  
RD  
RD  
Internal address  
bus  
Internal address  
bus  
A
Address (odd)  
Address (even)  
(A0 – A23)  
(A0 – A23)  
Internal data bus  
(D0 – D7)  
Internal data bus  
(D0 – D7)  
(even)  
Data (odd)  
Invalid data  
Data (odd)  
Data (even)  
Invalid data  
Internal data bus  
(D8 – D15)  
Internal data bus  
(D8 – D15)  
Fig. 5 Basic waveforms of bus interface unit  
12  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Instruction code read, data read, and data write are described below.  
BUS CYCLE  
The M37754M8C-XXXGP can select bus cycles shown in Figures 6  
Instruction code read will be described first.  
The CPU obtains instruction codes from the instruction queue buffer  
and executes them. The CPU notifies the bus interface unit that CPU  
is requesting an instruction code during an instruction code request  
cycle. If the requested instruction code is not yet stored in the instruc-  
tion queue buffer, the bus interface unit halts the CPU until it can  
store more instructions than requested in the instruction queue  
buffer.  
and 7.  
Central processing unit (CPU) running speed can be selected from  
low-speed running (clock φ1 12.5 MHz) and high-speed running  
(clock φ1 20 MHz); it is selected by bit 3 of processor mode register  
1 (see Figure 9).  
When accessing the external memory, the bus cycle is selected by  
bits 4 and 5 of processor mode register 1.  
Even if there is no instruction code request from the CPU, the bus  
interface unit reads instruction codes from memory and stores them  
in the instruction queue buffer when the instruction queue buffer is  
empty or when only one instruction code is stored and the bus is idle  
on the next cycle.  
When accessing the internal memory, the bus cycle is selected by bit  
2 of processor mode register 0 (see Figure 14).  
Figure 8 shows output signals at 3-φ access in high-speed running.  
The BHE signal becomes “L” when accessing the odd address.  
Signals A0 and BHE indicate the differences between 1-byte read in  
even address, 1-byte read in odd address, and simultaneous 2-byte  
read in even and odd as; these signals also indicate the  
differrences between in even address, 1-byte write in  
odd address, and s2-byte write in even and odd ad-  
dress.  
This is referred to as instruction pre-fetching.  
Normally, when reading an instruction code from memory, if the ac-  
cessed address is even, the next odd address is read together with  
the instruction code and stored in the instruction queue buffer.  
However, in memory expansion mode or microprocessor mode, if the  
bus width select input (BYTE) is “H” and external data bus width is 8  
bits, and if the address to be read is in external memory area or is  
odd, only one byte is read and stored in the instruction queue buffer.  
Data read and write are described below.  
The A0 signa0 of address, becomes “L” when access-  
ing an eve
TablA0 and BHE  
thod  
Simultaneous  
access of 2 bytes in even address  
Access of 1 byte Access of 1 byte  
The CPU notifies the bus interface unit when performing data read  
or write. At this time, the bus interface unit halts the CPU if the bus  
interface unit is already using the bus or if there is a request with  
higher priority. When data read or write is enabled, the bus interfa
unit performs data read or write.  
in odd address  
0  
“L”  
“L”  
“L”  
“H”  
“L”  
BHE  
“H”  
During data read, the CPU waits until the entire data is sto
data buffer. The bus interface unit sends the address s
CPU to the address bus. Then it reads the memory wig-  
nal is “L” and stores the result in the data buffer.  
During data write, the CPU writes the data in er and the  
bus interface unit writes it to memory. ThePU can pro-  
ceed to the next step without waiting fmplete. The bus  
interface unit sends the address seCPU to the address  
___  
bus. Then, when the WR signal us interface unit sends  
the data in the data buffer to the dand writes it to memory.  
13  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Low-speed running (φ1 12.5 MHZ)  
Internal memory access  
External memory access  
2-φ access  
2-φ access  
Read  
Write  
Read  
Write  
φ
φ
φ
φ
RD  
WR  
Ai  
RD  
RD  
WR  
Ai  
RD  
WR  
Ai  
WR  
ADRS  
Ai  
Di  
ADRS  
ADRS  
ADRS  
Di  
W-D  
1bus cycle = 2φ  
Di  
R-D  
Di  
W-D  
1bus cycle = 2φ  
1bus cycle = 2φ  
1bus cycle = 2φ  
3-φ access  
Read  
Write  
φ
φ
Ai  
RD  
WR  
Ai  
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––  
ADRS  
ADRS  
W-D  
Di  
R-D  
Di  
1bus cycle = 3φ  
1bus cycle = 3φ  
4-φ access  
Read  
Write  
φ
φ
RD  
WR  
RD  
WR  
ADRS : Address  
Ai  
Di  
Ai  
Di  
ADRS  
ADRS  
R-D : Read data  
W-D : Write data  
R-D  
W-D  
1bus cycle = 4φ  
1bus cycle = 4φ  
Fig. 6 Bus cycle selection (low-speed running)  
14  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
High-speed running (φ1 20 MHZ)  
Internal memory access  
External memory access  
2-φ access (Note)  
3-φ access  
Read  
Write  
Read  
Write  
φ
φ
φ
φ
RD  
WR  
Ai  
RD  
RD  
WR  
Ai  
RD  
WR  
Ai  
WR  
ADRS  
Ai  
Di  
ADRS  
ADRS  
ADRS  
Di  
W-D  
Di  
R-D  
Di  
W-D  
1bus cycle = 3φ  
1bus cycle = 3φ  
1bus cycle = 2φ  
1bus cycle = 2φ  
3-φ access (Note)  
4-φ access  
Read  
Write  
Read  
Write  
φ
φ
φ
φ
RD  
RD  
RD  
RD  
WR  
Ai  
WR  
Ai  
WR  
Ai  
ADRS  
ADRS  
ADRS  
ADRS  
W-D  
Di  
R-D  
Di  
W-D  
1bus cycle = 4φ  
Di  
Di  
1bus cycle = 3φ  
1bus cycle =
1bus cycle = 4φ  
5-φ access  
Read  
Write  
φ
φ
RD  
RD  
WR  
Ai  
WR  
Ai  
ADRS  
ADRS  
Note: Refer to internal memory access bus cycle select bit (bit 2  
of processor mode register 0 ; Figure 14).  
Di  
R-D  
Di  
W-D  
1bus cycle = 5φ  
ADRS : Address  
R-D : Read data  
W-D : Write data  
1bus cycle = 5φ  
Fig. 7 Bus cycle selection (high-speed running)  
15  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Access from even address  
Access from odd address  
φ1  
φ1  
Ai  
A0 – A23  
D0 – D7  
Ai  
A0 – A23  
D0 – D7  
Di  
Di  
BHE  
ALE  
RD, WR  
BHE  
ALE  
RD, WR  
φ1  
φ1  
Ai  
D0 – D7  
A0 – A23  
D0 – D7  
Ai  
A0 – A23  
D0 – D7  
A0 – A23  
D0 – D7  
Di  
Di  
B
WR  
BHE  
ALE  
RD, WR  
φ1  
φ1  
Ai  
A0 – A19  
Ai  
A0 – A23  
(Note 1)  
DHi  
DLi  
DHi  
DLi  
D8 – D15  
(Note 1)  
BHE  
ALE  
BHE  
ALE  
RD, WR  
RD, WR  
φ1  
φ1  
Ai  
A0 – A23  
A0 – A23  
(Note 1)  
Ai  
A0 – A23  
D8 – D15  
D0 – D7  
DHi  
D8 – D15  
(Note 1)  
DHi  
D0 – D7  
DLi  
DLi  
BHE  
BHE  
ALE  
ALE  
RD, WR  
RD, WR  
Notes 1: It becomes Hi-Z when reading, and it outputs undefined data when writing.  
2: When the external data bus width is 8 bits, the function to output the low-order address from the Di pin while RD or WR is “H” can be selected only  
in special area access cycle. Refer to the section on the processor mode for details.  
Fig. 8 Output signals at 3-φ access in high-speed running  
16  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
7
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Address  
Processor mode register 1 5F16  
These bits must be “00.”  
Clock source for peripheral devices select bit (Note)  
0 : φ1/2  
1 :φ1  
CPU running speed select bit  
0 : High-speed running  
1 : Low-speed running  
Bus cycle select bits  
In high-speed running  
00 : 5-φ access in high-speed running  
01 : 4-φ access in high-speed runn
10 : 3-φ access in high-speed r
11 : Do not select.  
In low-speed running  
00 : Do not select.  
01 : 4-φ access in ning  
10 : 3-φ access unning  
11 : 2-φ acced running  
Clock bit  
0
must be “0.”  
Note: When φ1 > 12.5 MHz”  
Fig. 9 Processor mode register 1 bit config
17  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Table 2. Interrupt types and the interrupt vector addresses  
INTERRUPTS  
Table 2 shows the interrupt types and the corresponding interrupt  
vector addresses. Reset is also treated as a type of interrupt and is  
discussed in this section, too.  
Interrupts  
Vector addresses  
00FFD216 00FFD316  
00FFD416 00FFD516  
____  
INT4 external interrupt  
____  
INT3 external interrupt  
A-D  
DBC is an interrupt used during debugging.  
00FFD616  
00FFD816  
00FFD716  
00FFD916  
Interrupts other than reset, DBC, watchdog timer, zero divide, and  
BRK instruction all have interrupt control registers. Table 3 shows the  
addresses of the interrupt control registers and Figure 10 shows the  
bit configuration of the interrupt control register.  
UART1 transmit  
UART1 receive  
UART0 transmit  
UART0 receive  
Timer B2  
00FFDA16 00FFDB16  
00FFDC16 00FFDD16  
00FFDE16 00FFDF16  
The interrupt request bit is automatically cleared by the hardware  
during reset or when processing an interrupt. Also, interrupt request  
00FFE016  
00FFE216  
00FFE416  
00FFE616  
00FFE816  
00FFE116  
00FFE316  
00FFE516  
00FFE716  
00FFE916  
Timer B1  
bits other than DBC and watchdog timer can be cleared by software.  
____ ___  
Timer B0  
INT4 to INT0 are external interrupts; whether to cause an interrupt at  
the input level (level sense) or at the edge (edge sense) can be se-  
lected with the level/edge select bit. Furthermore, the polarity of the  
interrupt input can be selected with the polarity select bit.  
Timer A4  
Timer A3  
Timer A2  
00FFEA16 00FFEB16  
00FFEC16 00FFED16  
00FFEE16 00FFEF16  
Timer A1  
In the INT3 external interrupt, the INT3 input, KI3 to KI0 inputs, or KI4  
____  
Timer A0  
____  
to KI0 inputs can be selected with bits 7 and 6 of INT3 interrupt con-  
trol register.  
INT2 external in
____  
00FFF016  
00FFF216  
00FFF416  
00FFF616  
00FFF816  
00FFFA16  
00FFF116  
00FFF316  
00FFF516  
00FFF716  
00FFF916  
00FFFB16  
INT1 externa
____  
Timer and UART interrupts are described in the respective section.  
The priority of interrupts when multiple interrupts are caused simul-  
taneously is partially fixed by hardware, but, it can also be adjusted  
by software as shown in Figure 11.  
INT0 exte
Watc
____  
Dlect.)  
ction  
de  
The hardware priority is fixed as the following:  
reset > DBC > watchdog timer > other interrupts  
00FFFC16 00FFFD16  
00FFFE16 00FFFF16  
t  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Interrupt priority leve
Interrupt reque
0 : No inte
1 : Inter
Interrupt control register configuration for, UART0, UART1, timer A0 to timer A4, and timer B0 to timer B2.  
Note 1: The A-D conversion interrupt comes undefined after reset. Clear this bit to “0” before use of the A-D conversion interrupt.  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Interupt priority level  
Interrupt request bit  
0 : No interrupt  
1 : Interrupt  
Polarity select bit  
0 : Set interrupt request bit at “H” level for level sense and when changing from “H” to “L”  
level for edge sense.  
1 : Set interrupt request bit at “L” level for level sense and when changing from “L” to “H”  
level for edge sense.  
Level/Edge select bit  
0 : Edge sense  
1 : Level sense  
Key input interrupt select bits 1, 0 (only for INT3 interrupt control register)  
0 0 : INT3 interrupt selected  
0 1 : Do not select.  
1 0 : Key input interrupt (KI3 to KI0) selected  
1 1 : Key input interrupt (KI4 to KI0) selected  
Interrupt control register configuration for INT4– INT0 (Note 2).  
Note 2: The contents of INT4 interrupt control register after reset cannot be changed unless bit 5 of the particular function select register 1 (see  
Figure 15) is set to “1.”  
Fig. 10 Interrupt control register bit configuration  
18  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Table 3. Addresses of interrupt control registers  
The interrupt request bit and the interrupt priority level of each inter-  
rupt source are sampled and latched at each operation code fetch  
Interrupt control registers  
____  
Addresses  
cycle while φBIU is “H”. However, no sampling pulse is generated  
until the cycles whose number is selected by software has passed,  
even if the next operation code fetch cycle is generated. The detec-  
tion of an interrupt which has the highest priority is performed during  
that time.  
INT4 interrupt control register  
____  
00006E16  
00006F16  
00007016  
00007116  
00007216  
00007316  
00007416  
00007516  
00007616  
00007716  
00007816  
00007916  
00007A16  
00007B16  
00007C16  
00007D16  
00007E16  
00007F16  
INT3 interrupt control register  
A-D interrupt control register  
UART0 transmit interrupt control register  
UART0 receive interrupt control register  
UART1 transmit interrupt control register  
UART1 receive interrupt control register  
Timer A0 interrupt control register  
Timer A1 interrupt control register  
Timer A2 interrupt control register  
Timer A3 interrupt control register  
Timer A4 interrupt control register  
Timer B0 interrupt control register  
Timer B1 interrupt control register  
Priority is determined by hardware  
4
3
2
1
Watchdog  
timer  
DBC  
Reset  
Timer B2 interrupt control register  
____  
A-D converter, UARTs  
INT0 interrupt control register  
____  
Priority can be coftware inside 4  
Fig. 11 Iity  
INT1 interrupt control register  
____  
INT2 interrupt control register  
Interrupts caused by a BRK instruction and when dividing by zero are  
software interrupts and are not included in this list.  
Level 0  
INT  
4
Other interrupts previously mentioned are A-D converter, UART, etc.  
interrupts. The priority of these interrupts can be changed by chang
ing the priority level in the corresponding interrupt control registe
software.  
INT  
3
A-D  
Figure 12 shows a diagram of the interrupt priority detec
When an interrupt is caused, each interrupt device com
priority with the priority from above and if its own her,  
then it sends the priority below and requests ththe pri-  
orities are the same, the one above has prio
UART1 transmit  
UART1 receive  
UART0 transmit  
UART0 receive  
Timer B2  
Interrupt request  
This comparison is repeated to select thth the highest  
priority among the interrupts that are sted. Finally the  
selected interrupt is compared witsor interrupt priority  
level (IPL) contained in the pros register (PS) and the  
request is accepted if it is higher tL and the interrupt disable  
flag I is “0”. The request is not accepted if flag I is “1”. The reset, DBC,  
and watchdog timer interrupts are not affected by the interrupt dis-  
able flag I.  
Reset  
Timer B1  
Timer B0  
DBC  
Timer A4  
Timer A3  
When an interrupt is accepted, the contents of the processor status  
register (PS) is saved to the stack and the interrupt disable flag I is  
set to “1”.  
Timer A2  
Watchdog timer  
Timer A1  
Furthermore, the interrupt request bit of the accepted interrupt is  
cleared to “0” and the processor interrupt priority level (IPL) in the  
processor status register (PS) is replaced by the priority level of the  
accepted interrupt.  
Timer A0  
INT  
INT  
INT  
2
1
0
Interrupt disable flag I  
IPL  
Therefore, multi-level priority interrupts are possible by resetting the  
interrupt disable flag I to “0” and enable further interrupts.  
For reset, DBC, watchdog timer, zero divide, and BRK instruction in-  
terrupts, which do not have an interrupt control register, the proces-  
sor interrupt level (IPL) is set as shown in Table 4.  
Fig. 12 Interrupt priority detection  
19  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
As shown in Figure 13, there are three different interrupt priority de-  
Table 4. Value set in processor interrupt level (IPL) during an interrupt  
tection time from which one is selected by software. After the se-  
lected time has elapsed, the highest priority is determined and is  
processed after the currently executing instruction has been com-  
pleted.  
Interrupt types  
Setting value  
Reset  
0
____  
DBC  
7
Watchdog timer  
Zero divide  
7
The time is selected with bits 4 and 5 of the processor mode register  
0 (address 5E16) shown in Figure 14. Table 5 shows the relationship  
between these bits and the number of cycles. After a reset, the pro-  
cessor mode register 0 is initialized to “0016.” Therefore, the longest  
time is automatically set, however, the shortest time must be se-  
lected by software.  
Not change value of IPL.  
Not change value of IPL.  
BRK instruction  
Table 5. Relationship between interrupt priority detection time select  
bit and number of cycles  
Priority detection time select bit  
Number of cycles  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
0
0
1
0
1
0
7 cycles of φBIU  
4 cycles of φBIU  
2 cycles of φBIU  
φBIU  
Operation code fetch cycle  
Sampling pulse  
Priority detection time  
0
1
2
Select one from 0 to 2 with  
bits 4 and 5 of processor  
mode register 0  
Fig. 13 Interrupt priority detection tim
20  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Processor mode register 0 (5E16)  
Processor mode bits  
00 : Single-chip mode  
01 : Memory expansion mode  
10 : Microprocessor mode  
11 : Do not select.  
Internal memory access bus cycle select bit (Note)  
Internal memory access condition in high-speed running  
0 : 2-φ access for internal RAM, 3-φ access for internal ROM and SFR  
1 : 2-φ access for internal RAM, internal ROM, SFR  
Software reset bit  
The microcomputer is reset when this bit is set to “1”.  
Interrupt priority detection time select bit  
0 0 : Select 0 in Figure 13  
0 1 : Select 1 in Figure 13  
1 0 : Select 2 in Figure 13  
Test mode bit  
This bit must be “0.”  
Clock φ1 output select bit  
0 : No φ1 output  
1 : φ1 output  
Note: When selecting low-speed running, set bit 2 t
Fig. 14 Processor mode register 0 bit configuration  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Particular functioer 1 (6D16)  
TC1 TC0  
Transmit in select bit  
00 : Nutput only to CLK0)  
01 specified; output to CLK0  
ks specified; output to CLKS0  
ocks specified; output to CLKS1  
l clock stop select bit at WIT (Note 1)  
lock for peripheral function and watchdog timer are operating at WIT  
: Internal clock except that for oscillation circuit and watchdog timer are stopped at WIT  
Watchdog timer’s clock select bit (Note 1)  
0 : Exclusive clock deviding circuit output (Wf512, Wf32) is used as clock for watchdog  
timer. Clock (Wf512, Wf32) for watchdog timer does not change in hold.  
1 : Clock for peripheral device deviding circuit output (Pf512, Pf32) is used as clock for  
watchdog timer. Clock (Pf512, Pf32) for watchdog timer changes in hold.  
Watchdog timer exclusive clock dividing circuit is stopped.  
Signal output stop select bit (Note 1)  
Refer to Table 8.  
Expansion function select bit (Note 2)  
Refer to Figure 62.  
Pull-up select bit 0 (Note 3)  
0 : With no pull-up for P57, P56, P55, P54  
1 : With pull-up for P57, P56, P55, P54  
Pull-up select bit 1 (Note 3)  
0 : With no pull-up for P95  
1 : With pull-up for P95  
Notes 1: Bits 2, 3, and 4 can be re-write after bit 5 (expansion function select bit) is set to “1.”  
2: After bit 5 is set to “1” once, bit 5 cannot be cleared to “0” except external reset and software reset.  
3: Bits 6 and 7 are write-only bits and undefined at read. Do not use SEB or CLB insturuction when setting bits 0–7.  
Fig. 15 Processor mode register 0 bit configuration  
21  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
The INT3 interrupt can function as the key input interrupt by setting  
to KI0 pins is performed.  
bits 7 and 6 of the INT3 interrupt control register. The key input inter-  
rupt uses inputs KI3 to KI0 or inputs KI4 to KI0. Figure 10 shows the  
interrupt control register bit configuration. Figure 15 shows the par-  
ticular function select register 1 bit configuration, and Figure 16  
shows the INT3/key input interrupt input circuit block diagram.  
When the INT3 interrupt control register’s bit 7 is “0” and its bit 6 is  
“0”, a signal from the INT3 pin is connected to the INT3 interrupt con-  
trol circuit and INT3 external interrupt is normally performed.  
When the INT3 interrupt control register’s bit 7 is “1” and its bit 6 is  
“0”, signals from the KI3 to KI0 pins, which correspond to ports P57 to  
P54, are inverted and then the logical sum of these signals is con-  
nected to the INT3 interrupt control circuit. In this case, the external  
interrupt which uses the KI3 to KI0 pins is performed.  
When using the above key input interrupt, select the edge sense  
which uses the falling edge from “H” to “L” with the INT3 interrupt  
control register so that an interrupt request can occur by inputting “L”  
to each of the KI3 to KI0 pins or the KI4 to KI0 pins. The interrupt vec-  
tor is common to the INT3 interrupt’s one. Additionally, pull-up resis-  
tor (transistors) can be added to the KI4 to KI0 pins by setting the  
contents of the particular function select register 1’s bits 7 and 6 and  
setting “0” to each bit of the corresponding port’s direction register.  
When the INT3 interrupt control register’s bit 7 is “1” and its bit 6 is  
“1”, signals from the KI4 pin, which corresponds to port P95, KI3 to  
KI0 pins, which correspond to ports P57 to P54, are inverted and then  
the logical sum of these signals is connected to the INT3 interrupt  
control circuit. In this case, the external interrupt which uses the KI4  
INT3 interrupt control register  
(Address 6F16)  
Pull-up select bit 1  
Port P95 direction register  
When the key input interrupt  
is selected, select the edge  
sense which uses falling edge  
from “H” to “L”.  
P95/INT3/KI4  
Key input interrupt select bit 1  
Bit 7 of INT interrupt  
control register  
3
Key input interrupt select bit 0  
(Bit 6 of INT3 interrupt control regis
0
Interrupt control circuit  
INT3 interrupt request  
Pu0  
on  
Pull-up  
transistor  
1
P57/TA3IN/KI3  
Pull-up  
transistor  
Port P56 direction  
register  
P56/TA3OUT/KI2  
Pull-up  
transistor  
Port P55 direction  
register  
P55/TA2IN/KI1  
Pull-up  
Port P54 direction  
register  
transistor  
P54/TA2OUT/KI0  
Fig. 16 INT3/key input interrupt input circuit block diagram  
22  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
TIMER  
(1) Timer mode [00]  
There are eight 16-bit timers. They are divided by type into timer A(5)  
Figure 18 shows the bit configuration of the timer Ai mode register  
during timer mode. Bits 0 and 1 of the timer Ai mode register must be  
“0” in timer mode. Bits 3, 4, and 5 are used to select the gate func-  
tion. Bits 4 and 5 must be “0” when not selecting the gate function.  
Bit 3 is ignored if bit 4 is “0”.  
and timer B(3).  
The timer I/O pins are multiplexed with I/O pins for port P5 and P6.  
To use these pins as timer input pins, the data direction register bit  
corresponding to the pin must be cleared to “0” to specify input mode.  
Bits 6 and 7 are used to select the timer counter source.  
The counting of the selected clock starts when the count start bit is  
“1” and stops when it is “0”.  
TIMER A  
Figure 17 shows a block diagram of timer A.  
Figure 19 shows the bit configuration of the count start bit. The  
counter is decremented, an interrupt is caused and the interrupt re-  
quest bit in the timer Ai interrupt control register is set when the con-  
tents becomes 000016. At the same time, the contents of the reload  
register is transferred to the counter and count is continued.  
When data is written to timer Ai register with timer Ai halted, the same  
data is also written to the rregister and the counter. When data  
is written to timer Ai whthe data is written to the reload  
register, but not to the new data is reloaded from the re-  
load register to ththe next reload time and counting con-  
tinues. The cocounter can be read at any time.  
When the he timer Ai register is n, the timer frequency  
dividin+1).  
Timer A has four modes: timer mode, event counter mode, one-shot  
pulse mode, and pulse width modulation mode. The mode is se-  
lected with bits 0 and 1 of the timerAi mode register (i = 0 to 4). Each  
of these modes is described below.  
Data bus (odd)  
Data bus (even)  
(Lower 8 bits)  
(Higher 8 bits)  
Clock source selection  
• Timer  
Pf  
2
• One-shot  
Reload register(16)  
• Pulse wid
Pf16  
Pf64  
ion)  
ounter  
Pf512  
Counter(16)  
A
ddresses  
Up/Down  
Polarity  
selection  
Count start bit  
(4016  
Down count  
Always decremented  
except in event count mode  
Timer A0 4716 4616  
Timer A1 4916 4816  
Timer A2 4B16 4A16  
Timer A3 4D16 4C16  
Timer A4 4F16 4E16  
TAiIN  
(i = 0–4)  
)
External trigger  
Up-down bit  
(4416  
)
Pulse output  
Toggle flip-flop  
TAiOUT  
(i = 0–4)  
Note: Perform write and read to/from timer Ai register in the condition of 16-bit data length : data length flag (m) = “0”.  
Fig. 17 Block diagram of timer A  
23  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
When bit 5 is “0, counting restarts from the value which is contained  
Pulse output function  
at restarting (gate function 0 [no reload]) and an overflow occurs (n +  
1) cycles of the count source later. Figure 21 shows that operation.  
When bit 5 is “1”, counting restarts from the value which is obtained  
by reload at restarting (gate function 1 [reload]) and the first overflow  
occurs (n + 2) cycles of the count source later. Figure 22 shows that  
operation. After that, while the input signal from the TAiIN pin keeps  
valid level, an overflow occurs at (n + 1)- cycle intervals. Make sure  
to set the value of 1 or more to n.  
When bit 2 of the timer Ai mode register is “1”, the output is gener-  
ated from TAiOUT pin. The output is toggled each time the contents of  
the counter reaches to 000016. When the contents of the count start  
bit is “0”, “L” is output from TAiOUT pin.  
When bit 2 is “0”, TAiOUT can be used as a normal port pin. When bit  
4 is “0”, TAiIN can be used as a normal port pin.  
Gate function  
When gate functions are used, the duration of “H” or “L” on the TAiIN  
pin must be 2 or more cycles of the timer count source.  
When bit 4 is “1”, counting is performed only while the input signal  
from the TAiIN pin is “H” or “L” as shown in Figure 20. Therefore, this  
can be used to measure the pulse width of the TAiIN input signal.  
Whether to count while the input signal is “H” or while it is “L” is de-  
termined by bit 3. If bit 3 is “1”, counting is performed while the TAiIN  
pin input signal is “H” and if bit 3 is “0”, counting is performed while it  
is “L”.  
es  
Timer A0 mode
Timer A1 mo
Timer A2
Timer Ar  
Timester  
16  
5716  
5816  
5916  
5A16  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0 0 in timer mode  
se output (TAiOUT is normal port pin)  
e output  
: No gate function (TAiIN is normal port pin)  
0 : Count only while TAiIN input is “L”  
1 1 : Count only while TAiIN input is “H”  
0 : Gate function 0 (No reload)  
1 : Gate function 1 (Reload) ; Note  
Clock source select bit  
0 0 : Select Pf  
2
0 1 : Select Pf16  
1 0 : Select Pf64  
1 1 : Select Pf512  
Note: When selecting no gate functiobit 4 = “0”) in timer mode, fix bit 5 to “0”.  
Fig. 18 Timer Ai mode register bit configuration during timer mode  
24  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Count start register  
(Stop at “0”, Start at “1”)  
Address  
4016  
Timer A0 count start bit  
Timer A1 count start bit  
Timer A2 count start bit  
Timer A3 count start bit  
Timer A4 count start bit  
Timer B0 count start bit  
Timer B1 count start bit  
Timer B2 count start bit  
Fig. 19 Count start flag bit configuration  
Selected clock source Pfi  
TAiIN  
Timer mode regist
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
1
0
Timer mode register  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
1
1
Fig. 20 Count waveform when gate function is available  
25  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
FFFF16  
n
Count start  
Count stop  
Overflow  
Count stop  
Time  
“1”  
Count start flag  
“0”  
Valid level  
Input level to  
TAiIN pin  
Invalid level  
TAi interrupt  
request bit  
Clearethe interrupt request or by software  
Fig. 21 Timer operation example with gate function 0 (no reload) selected  
FFFF16  
n
Count start  
ed  
Reloaded  
duration  
ount stop  
Overflow  
Time  
“1”  
Count start flag  
Valid level  
Input level to  
TAiIN pin  
Invalid level  
TAi interrupt  
request bit  
Cleared by accepting the interrupt request or by software  
Fig. 22 Timer operation example with gate function 1 (reload) selected  
26  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(2) Event counter mode [01]  
Figure 23 shows the bit configuration of the timer Ai mode register  
during event counter mode. In event counter mode, bit 0 of the timer  
Ai mode register must be “1” and bits 1 and 5 must be “0”.  
The input signal from the TAiIN pin is counted when the count start bit  
shown in Figure 19 is “1” and counting is stopped when it is “0”.  
Count is performed at the fall of the input signal when bit 3 is “0” and  
at the rise of the signal when it is “1”.  
Addresses  
5616  
5716  
5816  
5916  
Timer A0 mode register  
Timer A1 mode register  
Timer A2 mode register  
Timer A3 mode register  
Timer A4 mode register  
7
×
6
×
5
0
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
5A16  
0 1 : Always “01” in event counter mode  
In event counter mode, whether to increment or decrement the count  
can be selected with the up-down bit or the input signal from the  
TAiOUT pin.  
0 : No pulse output  
1 : Pulse output  
When bit 4 of the timerAi mode register is “0”, the up-down bit is used  
to determine whether to increment or decrement the count (decre-  
ment when the bit is “0” and increment when it is “1”). Figure 24  
shows the bit configuration of the up-down register.  
0 : Count at the falling edge of input signal  
1 : Count at the rising edge of input signal  
0 ncrement or decrement according  
p/down flag  
ent or decrement according  
iOUT pin input signal level  
When bit 4 of the timer Ai mode register is “1”, the input signal from  
the TAiOUT pin is used to determine whether to increment or decre-  
ment the count. However, note that bit 2 must be “0” if bit 4 is “1.” It is  
because if bit 2 is “1”, TAiOUT pin becomes an output pin to output  
pulses.  
0 : Always “0” in event counter mode  
The count is decremented when the input signal from the TAiOUT pin  
is “L” and incremented when it is “H”. Determine the level of the input  
signal from the TAiOUT pin before a valid edge is input to theTAiIN pin.  
An interrupt request signal is generated and the interrupt request bit  
in the timer Ai interrupt control register is set when the counter  
reaches 000016 (decrement count) or FFFF16 (increment count). At  
the same time, the contents of the reload register is transferred to
counter and the count is continued.  
× × : Not used in event counter mode  
3 Timer Ai mode register bit configuration during event  
counter mode  
When bit 2 is “1,” each time the counter reaches 000016 (d
count) or FFFF16(increment count), the waveform’s p
versed and is output from TAiOUT pin.  
Address  
4416  
7
6 5 4 3 2 1 0  
Up-down register  
If bit 2 is “0”, TAiOUT pin can be used as a norma
However, if bit 4 is “1” and the TAiOUT pin is utput pin,  
the output from the pin changes the count erefore, bit 4  
must be “0” unless the output from the to be used to se-  
lect the count direction.  
Timer A0 up-down bit  
Timer A1 up-down bit  
Timer A2 up-down bit  
Timer A3 up-down bit  
Timer A4 up-down bit  
Timer A2 two-phase pulse signal  
processing select bit  
0 : Two-phase pulse signal processing  
disabled  
1 : Two-phase pulse signal processing  
mode  
Timer A3 two-phase pulse signal  
processing select bit  
0 : Two-phase pulse signal processing  
disabled  
1 : Two-phase pulse signal processing  
mode  
Timer A4 two-phase pulse signal  
processing select bit  
0 : Two-phase pulse signal processing  
disabled  
1 : Two-phase pulse signal processing  
mode  
Fig. 24 Up-down register bit configuration  
27  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Data write and data read are performed in the same way as for timer  
be set to “1” and bits 1, 2, 3, and 5 must be “0”. Bits 6 and 7 are ig-  
nored. Note that bits 5, 6, and 7 of the up-down register (4416) are  
the two-phase pulse signal processing select bits for timers A2, A3  
and A4 respectively. Each timer operates in normal event counter  
mode when the corresponding bit is “0” and performs two-phase  
pulse signal processing when it is “1”.  
mode. That is, when data is written to timerAi halted, it is also written  
to the reload register and the counter. When data is written to timer  
Ai which is busy, the data is written to the reload register, but not to  
the counter. The counter is reloaded with new data from the reload  
register at the next reload time. The counter can be read at any time.  
Count is started by setting the count start bit to “1”. Data write and  
read are performed in the same way as for normal event counter  
mode. Note that the direction register of the input port must be set to  
input mode because two kinds of pulse signals, described above, are  
input. Also, there can be no pulse output in this mode.  
Two-phase pulse processing  
In event counter mode, whether to increment or decrement the  
counter can also be determined by supplying two kinds of pulses of  
which phases differ by 90° to timer A2, A3, orA4. There are two types  
of two-phase pulse processing operations. One uses timers A2 and  
A3, and the other uses timer A4. In both processing operations, two  
pulses described above are input to the TAjOUT (j = 2 to 4) pin and  
TAjIN pin respectively.  
Addresses  
imer A2 mode register  
er A3 mode register  
A4 mode register  
5816  
5916  
5A16  
When timers A2 and A3 are used, as shown in Figure 25, the count is  
incremented when a rising edge is input to the TAkIN pin after the  
level of TAkOUT(k=2,3) pin changes from “L” to “H”, and when the fall-  
ing edge is input, the count is decremented.  
7
×
6
×
5
0
4
1
3
0
2
0
1
0
0
1
: Always “01” in event counter mode  
For timerA4, as shown in Figure 26, when a phase-related pulse with  
a rising edge input to the TA4IN pin is input after the level of TA4OUT  
pin changes from “L” to “H”, the count is incremented at the respec-  
tive rising edge and falling edge of the TA4OUT pin and TA4IN pin.  
When a phase-related pulse with a falling edge input to the TA4OUT  
pin is input after the level of TA4IN pin changes from “H” to “L”, the  
count is decremented at the respective rising edge and falling edge  
of the TA4IN pin and TA4OUT pin. When performing this two-pha
pulse signal processing, timer Aj mode register bit 0 and bit 4
0 1 0 0 : Always “0100” when processing  
two-phase pulse signal  
× × : Not used in event counter mode  
7 Timer Aj mode register bit configuration when performing  
two-phase pulse signal processing in event counter mode  
TAkOUT  
TAkIN  
(k = 2, 3)  
Increment-  
count  
Increent- Decrement- Decrement-  
cont count count  
Decrement-  
count  
Fig. 25 Two-phase pulse processing operation of timers A2 and timer A3  
TA4OUT  
Increment-count at each edge  
Decrement-count at each edge  
TA4IN  
Increment-count at each edge  
Decrement-count at each edge  
Fig. 26 Two-phase pulse processing operation of timer A4  
28  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(3) One-shot pulse mode [10]  
Figure 28 shows the bit configuration of the timer Ai mode register  
during one-shot pulse mode. In one-shot pulse mode, bit 0 and bit 5  
must be “0” and bit 1 and bit 2 must be “1”.  
The trigger is enabled when the count start bit is “1”. The trigger can  
be generated by software or it can be input from the TAiIN pin. Soft-  
ware trigger is selected when bit 4 is “0” and the input signal from the  
TAiIN pin is used as the trigger when it is “1“.  
Addresses  
5616  
5716  
5816  
5916  
Timer A0 mode register  
Timer A1 mode register  
Timer A2 mode register  
Timer A3 mode register  
Timer A4 mode register  
7
6
5
0
4
3
2
1
1
1
0
0
5A16  
Bit 3 is used to determine whether to trigger at the fall of the trigger  
signal or at the rise. The trigger is at the fall of the trigger signal when  
bit 3 is “0” and at the rise of the trigger signal when it is “1”.  
Software trigger is generated by setting the bit in the one-shot start  
bit corresponding to each timer.  
1 0 : Always “10” in one-shot pulse mode  
1 : Always “1” in one-shot pulse mode  
0 × : Software trigger  
1 0 : Trigger at the falling edge of TAiIN  
input  
igger at the rising edge of TAiIN  
ays “0” in one-shot pulse mode  
Figure 29 shows the bit configuration of the one-shot start register.  
As shown in Figure 30, when a trigger signal is received, the counter  
counts the clock selected by bits 6 and 7.  
If the contents of the counter is not 000016, the TAiOUT pin goes “H”  
when a trigger signal is received. The count direction is decrement.  
When the counter reaches 000116, The TAiOUT pin goes “L” and  
count is stopped. The contents of the reload register is transferred to  
the counter. At the same time, an interrupt request signal is gener-  
ated and the interrupt request bit in the timer Ai interrupt control reg-  
ister is set. This is repeated each time a trigger signal is received.  
The output pulse width is  
ck source select  
0 : Select Pf2  
0 1 : Select Pf16  
1 0 : Select Pf64  
1 1 : Select Pf512  
1
pulse frequency of the selected clock  
× (counter’s value at the time of trig
Fig. 28 Timer Ai mode register bit configuration during one-shot  
pulse mode  
If the count start flag is “0”, TAiOUT goes “L”. Therefore,
corresponding to the desired pulse width must be writt
before setting the timer Ai count start bit.  
As shown in Figure 31, a trigger signal can be rre the  
operation for the previous trigger signal is cthis case,  
the contents of the reload register is transfounter by the  
trigger and then that value is decreme
Except when retriggering while opentents of the reload  
register is not transferred to the iggering.  
When retriggering, there must be st one timer count source  
cycle before a new trigger can be issued.  
Address  
4216  
7
6 5 4 3 2 1 0  
One-shot start register  
Timer A0 one-shot start bit  
Timer A1 one-shot start bit  
Timer A2 one-shot start bit  
Timer A3 one-shot start bit  
Timer A4 one-shot start bit  
Data write is performed in the same way as for timer mode.  
When data is written in timer Ai halted, it is also written to the reload  
register and the counter.  
When data is written to timer Ai which is busy, the data is written to  
the reload register, but not to the counter. The counter is reloaded  
with new data from the reload register at the next reload time.  
Undefined data is read when timer Ai is read.  
Fig. 29 One-shot start register bit configuration  
29  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Selected clock  
source Pfi  
TAiIN  
(rising edge)  
TAiOUT  
Example when the contents of the reload register is 000316  
Fig. 30 Pulse output example when external rising edge is selected  
Selected clock  
source Pfi  
TAiIN  
(rising edge)  
TAiOUT  
Exampntents of the reload register is 000416  
Fig. 31 Example when trigger is reduring pulse output  
30  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
function as the 8-bit length pulse width modulator. The prescaler  
(4) Pulse width modulation mode [11]  
Figure 32 shows the bit configuration of the timer Ai mode register  
during pulse width modulation mode. In pulse width modulation  
mode, bits 0, 1, and 2 must be set to “1”.  
counts the clock selected by bits 6 and 7. A pulse is generated  
when the counter reaches 000016 as shown in Figure 34. At the  
same time, the contents of the reload register is transferred to the  
counter and count is continued.  
Bit 5 is used to determine whether to perform 16-bit length pulse  
width modulator or 8-bit length pulse width modulator. 16-bit length  
pulse width modulator is selected when bit 5 is “0” and 8-bit length  
pulse width modulator is selected when it is “1”. The 16-bit length  
pulse width modulator is described first.  
The pulse width modulator can be started with a software trigger or  
with an input signal from a TAiIN pin (external trigger).  
The software trigger mode is selected when bit 4 is “0”.  
Pulse width modulator is started and a pulse is output from TAiOUT  
when the timer Ai start bit is set to “1”.  
Addresses  
Timer A0 mode register  
Timer A1 mode register  
imer A2 mode register  
er A3 mode register  
A4 mode register  
5616  
5716  
5816  
5916  
5A16  
The external trigger mode is selected when bit 4 is “1”.  
Pulse width modulation starts when a trigger signal is input from the  
TAiIN pin when the timer Ai start bit is “1”. Whether to trigger at the  
fall or rise of the trigger signal is determined by bit 3. The trigger is at  
the fall of the trigger signal when bit 3 is “0” and at the rise when it is  
“1”.  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
1
0
1
: Always “11” in pulse width modulation  
mode  
1 : Always “1” in pulse width modulation  
mode  
When data is written to timer Ai with the pulse width modulator  
halted, it is written to the reload register and the counter.  
Then when the timer Ai start bit is set to “1” and a software trigger or  
an external trigger is issued to start modulation, the waveform shown  
in Figure 33 is output continuously.  
0 × : Software trigger  
1 0 : Trigger at the falling of TAiIN input  
1 1 : Trigger at the rising of TAiIN input  
0 : 16-bit pulse width modulator  
1 : 8-bit pulse width modulator  
Once modulation is started, triggers are not accepted. If the value in  
the reload register is m, the duration “H” of pulse is  
Clock source select bit  
0 0 : Select Pf2  
0 1 : Select Pf16  
1 0 : Select Pf64  
1 1 : Select Pf512  
1
× m  
selected clock frequency  
and the output pulse period is  
1
× (21
selected clock frequency  
An interrupt request signal is generaterrupt request bit  
in the timer Ai interrupt control regisach fall of the output  
pulse.  
Fig. 32 Timer Ai mode register bit configuration during pulse width  
modulation mode  
The width of the output pulse is chay updating timer data. The  
update can be performed at any time. The output pulse width is  
changed at the rise of the pulse after data is written to the timer.  
The contents of the reload register are transferred to the counter just  
before the rise of the next pulse so that the pulse width is changed  
from the next output pulse.  
Undefined data is read when timer Ai is read.  
The 8-bit length pulse width modulator is described next.  
The 8-bit length pulse width modulator is selected when the timer Ai  
mode register bit 5 is “1”.  
The reload register and the counter are both divided into 8-bit halves.  
The low-order 8 bits function as a prescaler and the high-order 8 bits  
31  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Therefore, if the low-order 8 bits of the reload register are n, the pe-  
high-order 8 bits of the reload register are m, the duration “H” of pulse  
is  
riod of the generated pulse is  
1
× (n+1) × m.  
1
selected clock frequency  
× (n+1).  
selected clock frequency  
The high-order 8 bits function as an 8-bit length pulse width modula-  
tor using this pulse as input. The operation is the same as for 16-bit  
length pulse width modulator except that the length is 8 bits. If the  
And the output pulse period is  
1
× (n+1) × (28–1).  
selected clock frequency  
16  
1/Pfi × (2 – 1)  
Selected clock  
source Pfi  
TAiIN  
(rising edge)  
This trigger is not accepted  
1/Pfi × (m)  
TAiOUT  
Example when the conoad register is 000316  
Fig. 33 16-bit length pulse width modulator output pulse e
8
1/Pfi × (n + 1) × (2 – 1)  
Selected clock  
source Pfi  
TAiIN  
(falling edge)  
1/Pfi × (n + 1)  
Prescaler output  
(when n = 2)  
1/Pfi × (n + 1) × (m)  
8-bit length pulse  
width modulator  
output  
(when m = 2)  
Fig. 34 8-bit length pulse width modulator output pulse example  
32  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
As shown in Figure 19, the timer Bi count start bit is at the same ad-  
dress as the timer Ai count start bit. The count is decremented, an  
TIMER B  
Figure 35 shows a block diagram of timer B.  
interrupt occurs, and the interrupt request bit in the timer Bi interrupt  
control register is set when the contents becomes 000016. At the  
same time, the contents of the reload register is stored in the counter  
and count is continued.  
Timer B has three modes: timer mode, event counter mode, and  
pulse period measurement/pulse width measurement mode. The  
mode is selected with bits 0 and 1 of the timer Bi mode register (i=0  
to 2). Each of these modes is described below.  
(1) Timer mode [00]  
Figure 36 shows the bit configuration of the timer Bi mode register  
during timer mode. Bits 0 and 1 of the timer Bi mode register must  
always be “0” in timer mode.  
Timer Bi does not have a pulse output function or a gate function like  
timer A.  
When data is written to timer Bi halted, it is written to the reload reg-  
ister and the counter. When data is written to timer Bi which is busy,  
the data is written to the reload register, but not to the counter. The  
new data is reloaded from the reload register to the counter at the  
next reload time and counting continues.  
Bits 6 and 7 are used to select the clock source. The counting of the  
selected clock starts when the count start bit is “1” and stops when  
“0”.  
The contents of the counter can be read at any time.  
Data bus
D
8 bits)  
(Higher 8 bits)  
Clock source selection  
• Timer  
Pf2  
• Pulse period measurement/Pulse  
width measurement  
ad register (16)  
Pf16  
Pf64  
Pf512  
Addresses  
Counter (16)  
Timer B0 5116 5016  
Timer B1 5316 5216  
Timer B2 5516 5416  
Polarity selection  
and edge pulse  
generator  
Event counter  
TBiIN  
(i = 0 – 2)  
start bit  
(4016)  
Counter reset  
circuit  
Note: Perform write and read Bi register in the condition of 16-bit data length : data length flag (m) =“0”.  
Fig. 35 Timer B block diagram  
33  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(2) Event counter mode [01]  
Addresses  
5B16  
Figure 37 shows the bit configuration of the timer Bi mode register  
during event counter mode. In event counter mode, bit 0 in the timer  
Bi mode register must be “1” and bit 1 must be “0”.  
Timer B0 mode register  
Timer B1 mode register  
Timer B2 mode register  
5C16  
5D16  
The input signal from the TBiIN pin is counted when the count start  
flag is “1” and counting is stopped when it is “0”.  
7
6
5
×
4
3
×
2
×
1
0
0
0
Count is performed at the fall of the input signal when bits 2, and 3  
are “0” and at the rise of the input signal when bit 3 is “0” and bit 2 is  
“1”.  
0 0 : Always “00” in timer mode  
× × : Not used in timer mode and  
may be any  
Not used in timer mode  
Clock source select bit  
0 0 : Select Pf2  
When bit 3 is “1” and bit 2 is “0”, count is performed at the rise and  
fall of the input signal.  
Data write, data read and timer interrupt are performed in the same  
way as for timer mode.  
0 1 : Select Pf16  
1 0 : Select Pf64  
(3) Pulse period measurement/pulse width  
measurement mode [10]  
1 1 : Select Pf512  
Figure 38 shows the bit configuration of the timer Bi mode register  
during pulse period measurement/pulse width measurement mode.  
In pulse period measurement/pulse width measurement mode, bit 0  
must be “0” and bit 1 must be “1”. Bits 6 and 7 are used to select the  
clock source. The selected clock is counted when the count start flag  
is “1” and counting stops when it is “0”.  
Fig. 36 Timer Bi mode rt configuration during timer mode  
Addresses  
Timer B0 mode register  
Timer B1 mode register  
Timer B2 mode register  
5B16  
5C16  
5D16  
The pulse period measurement mode is selected when bit 3 is “0”. In  
pulse period measurement mode, the selected clock is counted dur-  
ing the interval starting at the fall of the input signal from the TBiIN pin  
to the next fall or at the rise of the input signal to the next rise; the  
result is stored in the reload register. In this case, the reload register  
acts as a buffer register.  
2
1
0
0
1
0 1 : Always “01” in event counter  
mode  
0 0 : Count at the falling edge of  
input signal  
0 1 : Count at the rising edge of  
input signal  
1 0 : Count at the both falling edge  
and rising edge of input signal  
When bit 2 is “0”, the clock is counted from the fall of the input
to the next fall. When bit 2 is “1“, the clock is counted from
the input signal to the next rise.  
In the case of counting from the fall of the input signfall,  
counting is performed as follows. As shown in Fen the  
fall of the input signal from TBiIN pin is detectnts of the  
counter is transferred to the reload rege counter is  
cleared and count is started from the nen the fall of the  
next input signal is detected, the che counter is trans-  
ferred to the reload register onccounter is cleared, and  
the count is started. The period from ll of the input signal to the  
next fall is measured in this way.  
× × × : Not used in event counter mode  
Fig. 37 Timer Bi mode register bit configuration during event  
counter mode  
Addresses  
Timer B0 mode register  
Timer B1 mode register  
Timer B2 mode register  
5B16  
5C16  
5D16  
After the contents of the counter is transferred to the reload register,  
an interrupt request signal is generated and the interrupt request bit  
in the timer Bi interrupt control register is set. However, no interrupt  
request signal is generated when the contents of the counter is trans-  
ferred first to the reload register after the count start bit is set to “1”.  
When bit 3 is “1”, the pulse width measurement mode is selected.  
Pulse width measurement mode is the same as the pulse period  
measurement mode except that the clock is counted from the fall of  
the TBiIN pin input signal to the next rise or from the rise of the input  
signal to the next fall as shown in Figure 40.  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
0
0
1 0 : Always “10” in pulse period  
measurement/pulse width  
measurement mode  
0 0 : Count from the falling edge of  
input signal to the next falling one  
0 1 : Count from the rising edge of  
input signal to the next rising one  
1 0 : Count from the falling edge of  
input signal to the next rising one  
and from the rising edge to the  
next falling one  
Timer Bi overflow flag  
Clock source select bit  
0 0 : Select Pf  
2
0 1 : Select Pf16  
1 0 : Select Pf64  
1 1 : Select Pf512  
Fig. 38 Timer Bi mode register bit configuration during pulse period  
measurement/pulse width measurement mode  
34  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
When timer Bi is read, the contents of the reload register is read.  
Note that in this mode, the interval between the fall of the TBiIN pin  
input signal to the next rise or from the rise to the next fall must be at  
least two cycles of the timer count source.  
Timer Bi overflow flag which is bit 5 of timer Bi mode register is set to  
“1” when the timer Bi counter reaches 000016, which indicates that a  
pulse width or pulse period is longer than that which can be mea-  
sured by a 16-bit length.  
This flag is cleared by writing data to the corresponding timer Bi  
mode register. This bit is set to “1”at reset.  
Selected clock  
source Pfi  
TBiIN  
Reload register counter  
Counter 0  
Count start flag  
Interrupt request signal  
Fig. 39 Pulse period measurement mode xample of measuring the interval between the falling edge to next falling one)  
Selected cloc
source Pfi  
TBiIN  
Reload register counter  
Counter 0  
Count start flag  
Interrupt request signal  
Fig. 40 Pulse width measurement mode operation  
35  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
7
6
5
×
4
3
2
1
1
0
0
0
Timer function for motor control  
Three-phase motor drive waveform and pulse motor drive waveform  
can be output by using plural internal timers A and B. Those modes  
are explained bellow.  
Address  
1A16  
Waveform output mode register  
Waveform output select bits  
100 : Fix to “100” in three-phase  
waveform mode  
(Valid in three-phase mode 1)  
Three-phase output polarity set buffer  
0 : “H” output  
1 : “L” output  
Three-phase motor drive waveform output  
mode (three-phase waveform mode)  
Three-phase waveform mode using four timers of the timers A0, A1,  
A2 and B4 is selected by setting the waveform output select bits of  
the waveform output mode register (address 1A16, Figure 41) to  
“1002”.  
Three-phase mode select bit  
0 : Three-phase mode 0  
1 : Three-phase mode 1  
Not used in three-phase  
waveform mode  
There are two types of the three-phase waveform mode: three-  
phase mode 0 and three-phase mode 1. Bit 4 of the waveform out-  
put mode register selects either mode. In three-phase waveform  
mode, set the corresponding timer mode registers of timers A0, A1,  
and A2 to select the one-shot pulse mode with the rising edge of ex-  
ternal trigger; set the timer mode register of timer B2 to select the  
timer mode.  
ead-time timer trigger select bit  
Both edge of one-shot pulse  
h timers A2 to A0  
nly the falling edge of one-shot  
pulse with timers A2 to A0  
Waveform output control bit  
0 : Waveform output disabled  
1 : Waveform output enabled  
Figure 43 shows the three-phase waveform mode block diagram.  
The three-phase waveform mode outputs six waveforms, positive  
_
_ __  
waveforms (U, V, W phases) and negative waveforms (U, V, W  
phases), from the respective ports with “L” level active.  
Nn bit 5 of the particular function select register 1  
. 15) is set to “1”, this register’s contents can be changed  
m the status during reset (in Fig.76).  
_
_
Timer A2 controls U and U phases; timer A1 does V and V phases  
__  
and timer A0 does W and W phases. Timer B2 controls those one-  
shot pulses’ period of timers A2, A1 and A0.  
1 Waveform output mode register bit configuration  
In the waveform output, a short circuit prevention time can be s
prevent “L” level of positive waveforms (U, V, W phases) fro
_ _ __  
Address  
7
6
5
0
4
1
3
1
2
1
1
0
0
Timer A0 mode register 5616  
Timer A1 mode register 5716  
Timer A2 mode register 5816  
lapping with “L” level of their negative waveforms (U, V,
The short circuit prevention time can be set with thrd-  
time timers, sharing one reload register. The deaoper-  
ates as a one-shot timer. As its start trigger, botd falling  
edges of timers A0 to A2’s one-shot pulses edge. Bit 6  
of the waveform output mode register hen that is “0”,  
both the rising and falling edges bectrigger; when that  
is “1”, the falling edge becomes it
Fix to “10” in three-phase  
waveform mode  
Fix to “1” in timers A0, A1  
in timer A2  
0 : No one-shot pulse output  
1 : One-shot pulse output  
Fix to “011” in three-phase  
waveform mode  
Clock source select bit  
0 0 : Select Pf2  
0 1 : Select Pf16  
1 0 : Select Pf64  
1 1 : Select Pf512  
7
6
5
×
4
3
×
2
×
1
0
0
0
Address  
5D16  
Timer B2 mode register  
Fix to “00” in three-phase  
waveform mode  
Not used in three-phase  
waveform mode  
Clock source select bit  
0 0 : Select Pf2  
0 1 : Select Pf16  
1 0 : Select Pf64  
1 1 : Select Pf512  
Fig. 42 Timer A0, A1, A2, mode register and timer B2 mode regis-  
ter bit configuration  
36  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
s
s
Fig. 43 Three-phase waveform mode block diagram  
37  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
When writing data to the dead-time timer (address 1B16), the data is  
In the three-phase waveform mode, setting bit 7 of the waveform out-  
written to the reload register shared by three dead-time timers.  
When the dead-time timers catch the start trigger from the respec-  
tive timers, the reload register contents are transferred to its counter  
and the dead-time timer decrements with the clock source selected  
by bits 6 and 7 of pulse output data register (address 1C16). Addition-  
ally, this timer can accept another trigger before completion of the  
preceding trigger operation. In this case, after transferring the reload  
register contents to the dead-time timer at acceptance of the trigger,  
the value is decremented.  
put mode register (address 1A16) to “1” makes positive waveforms  
_ _ __  
(U, V, W phases) and their negative waveforms (U, V, W phases)  
output from the respective ports. When that bit is “0”, their ports are  
____  
floating. That bit is cleared to “0” by inputting falling edge to the INT0  
pin or reset other than clearing by an instruction..  
Additionally, setting bits 5 to 3 of the pulse output data register 1 (ad-  
dress 1C16) to “1” makes the corresponding positive waveforms  
fixed to “H”, and setting bits 7 to 5 of the pulse output data register 0  
(address 1D16) to “1” makes the corresponding negative waveforms  
The dead-time timer operates as a one-shot timer. Accordingly, this  
timer starts pulse output when the trigger is caught, and finishes  
pulse output and stops operation when its contents become “0016”,  
and waits next trigger.  
fixed to “H”.  
____  
When selecting the three-phase waveform mode, INT0 pin become  
input-only pin.  
7
6
5
4
3
2
×
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
×
1
0
Address  
1D16  
Address  
1C16  
Pulse output data register 1  
e output data register 0  
V-phase output polarity set buffer  
(Three-phase mode 0)  
0 : “H” output  
: Not used in three-phase waveform mode  
(Valid in three-phase mode 0)  
W-phase output polarity set buffer  
0 : “H” output  
1 : “L” output  
Interrupt request interval set bit  
(Three-phase mode 1)  
0 : At every second time  
1 : At every fourth time  
1 : “L” output  
“H” output of W-phase fix buffer  
0 : Released from fixed output  
1 : “H” output fixed  
U-phase output polarity set buffer  
(Three-phase mode 0)  
0 : “H” output  
1 : “L” output  
Interrupt validity output select bit  
(Three-phase mode 1)  
0 : Timer B2 interrupt requeeach  
even-numbered unde.  
1 : Timer B2 interrupt ed at each  
odd-numbered uer B2.  
“H” output of V-phase fix buffer  
0 : Released from fixed output  
1 : “H” output fixed  
“H” output of U-phase fix buffer  
0 : Released from fixed output  
1 : “H” output fixed  
: Not usewaveform mode  
Note : Only when bit 5 of the particular function select register 1 (in Fig. 15)  
is set to “1”, these registers’ contents can be changed from the status  
during reset (in Fig.76).  
“H” oue fix buffer  
0 : Refixed output  
1 : “H” oed  
“H” output of V-phase fix buffer  
0 : Released from fixed output  
1 : “H” output fixed  
“H” output of U-phase fix buffer  
0 : Released from fixed output  
1 : “H” output fixed  
Clock-source-of-dead-time timer select bits  
00 : Pf  
01 : Pf  
10 : Pf  
2
4
8
selected  
selected  
selected  
11 : Do not select.  
Fig. 44 Bit configuration of pulse output data registers 1 and 0 in three-phase waveform mode  
38  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Three-phase mode 0  
Then, write “1” to the U-phase output polarity set buffer (bit 1 at ad-  
In selecting three-phase waveform mode, three-phase mode 0 is se-  
lected by setting bit 4 of the waveform output mode register (address  
1A16) to “0”.  
dress 1C16) before the counter of timer B2 becomes 000016.  
After that, when the counter of timer B2 becomes 000016, the  
timer A2 starts one-shot pulse output. Simultaneously, the con-  
tents of U-phase output polarity set buffer, “1” in this case, are set  
into the output polarity set toggle flip-flop 2 and the U phase wave-  
form remains “L” level.  
The output polarity of three-phase waveform depends on the output  
polarity set toggle flip-flop. The positive waveform of the three-phase  
waveform is “H” output when the toggle flip-flop is “0”; it is “L” output  
when the toggle flip-flop is “1”. (Three-phase waveform is output as  
a negative waveform.)  
When the one-shot pulse output of timer A2 is completed, the con-  
tents of output polarity set toggle flip-flop 2 is reversed from “1” to  
“0”. Simultaneously, the one-shot pulse output of the dead-time  
timer starts.  
Each output polarity set toggle flip-flop has the output polarity set  
buffer shown in Figure 44. When the timer B2’s counter contents be-  
come 000016, the contents of output polarity set buffer are set into  
the output polarity set toggle flip-flop. After that, the polarity of the  
contents of output polarity set toggle flip-flop are reversed each time  
completion of one-shot pulse of timer (timers A2 to A0) correspond-  
ing to each phase.  
When the contents of output polarity set toggle flip-flop 2 are re-  
versed from “1” to “0”, the U-phase waveform changes its output  
level from “L” to “H” without waiting for completion of the one-shot  
pulse output of the dead-timtimer.  
U-phase waveform is ged by repeating the operation  
Figure 45 shows an example of U-phase waveform and the output  
operation is explained. Three-phase mode 0 becomes valid when  
writing “0” to the U-phase output polarity set buffer (bit 1 at address  
1C16) and actuating the timer B2. When the counter of timer B2 be-  
comes 000016, the timer B2 interrupt request signal occurs and the  
timer A2 simultaneously starts one-shot pulse output. At this time,  
the contents of U-phase output polarity set buffer, “0” in this case, are  
set into the output polarity set toggle flip-flop 2.  
above. The way to ghase waveform, which is the  
negative phase of e same as that for U-phase wave-  
form except thas of output polarity set toggle flip-flop  
2 are treateersed signal from the case of U-phase  
wavefor
_
In thise waveform and U-phase waveform, having  
thhase of U-phase, are output from the pins so that  
ls do not overlap each other. The width of “L” level can  
modified by changing the value of timer B2 or timer A2.  
When the one-shot pulse output of timer A2 is completed, the con-  
tents of output polarity set toggle flip-flop 2 is reversed from “0” to “1
Simultaneously, the one-shot pulse of the 8-bit dead-time tim
_
__  
-phase waveform and V-, W-phase waveform, having their  
egative phase, are similarly output according to the correspond-  
ing timer operation.  
output for ensuring time not to overlap “L” levels of U phas
_
form and its negative U phase waveform.  
The explanation above is an example of three-phase waveform  
generating due to an triangular wave modulation. Three-phase  
waveform due to a saw-tooth-wave modulation can also be gen-  
erated by fixing each beginning level of phases.  
The U-phase waveform output keeps “H” level from the  
one-shot pulse output of the dead-time timer is cen if  
the contents of output polarity set toggle flip-floed from  
“0” to “1” owing to the timer A2’s one-shot . When the  
one-shot pulse output of the dead-time mpleted, “1” of  
output polarity set toggle flip-flop 2 een reversed be-  
comes valid and the U phase waves to “L” level.  
Signal output each time  
Timer B2 becomes 000016  
One-shot pulse output  
with timer A2  
Contents of output polarity  
set toggle flip-flop 2  
Reversed pulse output  
signal with dead-time timer  
U-phase waveform output  
U-phase waveform output  
Fig. 45 U-phase waveform output example in three-phase mode 0 (triangular wave modulation)  
39  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Three-phase mode 1  
After the procedure above, three-phase mode 1 starts operation  
In selecting three-phase waveform mode, three-phase mode 1 is  
selected by setting bit 4 of the waveform output mode register (ad-  
dress 1A16) to “1”.  
when actuating the timer B2.  
When the counter of timer B2 becomes 000016, the timer B2 inter-  
rupt request occurs and timer A2 simultaneously starts one-shot  
pulse output. At this time, the contents of three-phase output polarity  
set buffer, “0” in this case, are set into the output polarity set toggle  
flip-flop 2. The contents of three-phase output polarity set buffer are  
reversed from “0” to “1” after that operation.  
In this mode, each of timers A0 to A2 can have two timer registers  
and the contents of those registers are alternately reloaded into the  
counter each time the counter of timer B2 becomes 000016. About  
write operation to two timer registers, when rewriting to each timer  
register of timers A0, A1 and A2 after writing to each timer register of  
them, the data is written each to timers A01, A11 andA21. When writ-  
ing to each timer register, the timer A write register (in Figure 46) in-  
dicates the timer to be intended for write.  
When the timerA2 counter counts the value written into the timer A2  
and the one-shot pulse output of timer A2 is completed, the contents  
of output polarity set toggle flip-flop 2 are reversed from “0” to “1”. Si-  
multaneously, the one-shot pulse of the 8-bit dead-time timer is out-  
__  
The interrupt request normally occurs when the counter of timer B2  
becomes 000016. However, this occurrence interval can be switched  
between “every second time” and “every fourth time.” Bit 0 of the  
pulse output data register 1 (address 1C16) selects that.  
Additionally, “0” or “1” of the three-phase output polarity set buffer  
can be used as the occurrence factor of timer B2 interrupt request.  
Bit 1 of the pulse output data register 1 (address 1C16) selects that.  
When the timer B2’s counter contents become 000016, the contents  
of three-phase output polarity set buffer are set into the output polar-  
ity set toggle flip-flop on which .the output polarity of three-phase  
waveform depends. The contents of three-phase output polarity set  
buffer are reversed after that operation.  
put for ensuring time, so that “L” levels of U- and U-phase waveforms  
do not overlap.  
7
6
0
Address  
Timer A write register 4516  
Timer A0 write bit  
0 : Write to timer A0  
1 : Write to timer A0  
1
1
1
The polarity of the contents of output polarity set toggle flip-flop is re-  
versed each time completion of one-shot pulse of timer (timers A2 to  
A0) corresponding to each phase.  
Timer A1 write bit  
0 : Write to timer A1  
1 : Write to timer A1  
Figure 47 shows an example of U-phase waveform and the
operation is explained.  
Timer A2 write bit  
0 : Write to timer A2  
1 : Write to timer A2  
Write “0” to the three-phase output polarity set buffe-  
dress 1A16). Clear the interrupt request interval sad-  
dress 1C16) to “0” so that the timer B2 interrupt roccur at  
every second time. Additionally, clear the intoutput se-  
lect bit (bit 1 at address 1C16) so that the errupt request  
may occur at “0” of the three-phase oset buffer.  
Note : Only when bit 5 of the particular function select register 1 (in Fig. 15)  
is set to “1”, this register’s contents can be changed from the status  
after reset (in Fig.76).  
Fig. 46 Timer A write flag bit configuration  
Timer B2 interrupt request  
signal  
Signal output each time  
Timer B2 becomes 000016  
One-shot pulse output with  
n1  
n1  
n2  
n2  
n3  
n3  
n4  
n5  
n5  
n6  
n7  
timer A2  
Timer A2  
Timer A2  
1
n4  
n6  
n8  
Contents of output polarity  
set toggle flip-flop 2  
Reversed pulse output  
signal with dead-time timer  
U-phase waveform output  
U-phase waveform output  
Fig. 47 U-phase waveform output example in three-phase mode 1 (triangular wave modulation)  
40  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
The U-phase waveform output keeps “H” level from the start until the  
one-shot pulse output of the dead-time timer is completed, even if  
the contents of output polarity set toggle flip-flop 2 are reversed from  
“0” to “1” owing to the timer A2’s one-shot pulse output.  
When the one-shot pulse output of the dead-time timer is completed,  
“1” of output polarity set toggle flip-flop 2 which has been reversed  
becomes valid and the U-phase waveform changes to “L” level.  
Then, when the counter of timer B2 becomes 000016, the timer A2  
counter counts the value written into timer A2 and timer A2 starts  
one-shot pulse output. Simultaneously, the contents of three-phase  
output polarity set buffer are set into the output polarity set toggle  
flip-flop 2. However, the U-phase waveform remains “L” level, be-  
cause the value is the same (“1”).  
The contents of three-phase output polarity set buffer are reversed  
from “1” to “0” after that operation.  
When the one-shot pulse output of timer A2 is completed, the con-  
tents of output polarity set toggle flip-flop 2 is reversed from “1” to “0”.  
Simultaneously, the one-shot pulse output of the dead-time timer  
starts.  
When the contents of output polarity set toggle flip-flop 2 is reversed  
from “1” to “0”, the U-phase waveform changes its output level from  
“L” to “H” without waiting for completion of the one-shot pulse output  
of the dead-time timer.  
U-phase waveform is generated by repeating the operation above.  
_
The way to generate U-phase waveform, which is the negative  
phase of U-phase, is the same as that for U-phase waveform excep
that the contents of output polarity set toggle flip-flop 2 is treate
the reversed signal from the case of U-phase waveform.  
_
In this way, U-phase waveform and U-phase waveform,
negative phase of U-phase, are output from the pins s”  
levels do not overlap each other. The width of “L” also  
modified by changing the value of timer B2, timr A21.  
_
__  
V-, W-phase waveform and V-, W-phase aving their  
negative phase, are similarly output acccorresponding  
timer operation.  
41  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Pulse output port mode  
Set timersA1 and A0 to the timer mode because they are used in the  
Figure 48 shows the pulse output port mode block diagram.  
This mode has an 8-bit pulse output port. The waveform output se-  
lect bits (bits 0 to 2) of waveform output mode register (address  
1A16, Figure 49) select use of pulse output port. The 8-bit pulse out-  
put port is divided into 4 bits and 4 bits, or 6 bits and 2 bits with the  
pulse output mode select bit (bit 4) of pulse output data register 1  
(address 1C16, Figure 51) ; each of them can be individually con-  
trolled.  
pulse output mode. Additionally, set bit 2 of the corresponding timer  
Ai mode register to “1” to use a pulse output port because the pulse  
output port are multiplexed with the TAiOUT (i = 0 to 4). Figure 50  
shows the bit configuration of timer A1 and A0 mode registers in the  
pulse output port mode.  
Timers A1 and A0 start count when setting the corresponding timer  
count start flag to “1”, and they stop it when clearing that flag to “0”.  
Pulse width modulation Pulse width modulation  
select bit 1  
select bit 0  
Pulse width modulation  
output of timer A4  
Pulse width modulation  
output of timer A3  
Pulse width modulation  
output of timer A2  
Timer A1  
Pulse width modulation data bit  
T
D15  
D14  
D13  
D Q  
Waveform output control bit 0  
D Q  
D Q  
D Q  
R
Reset  
Pulse output data register 1  
D3  
RTP13  
RTP12  
RTP11  
RTP10  
Q  
D Q  
Pulse output mod
select bit  
T
D11  
D10  
D Q  
RTP03  
RTP02  
D Q  
D Q  
D9  
D8  
RTP01  
RTP00  
Q
D
T
Waveform output control bit 0  
D Q  
Pulse output data register 0  
Timer A0  
Polarity select bit  
R
Reset  
Note : Only when bit 5 of the particular function select register 1 (in Fig. 15) is set to “1”, the following registers’ contents can be changed from the  
status after reset (in Fig.76) : Waveform output mode register (address 1A16) and Pulse output data registers 0 and 1 (addresses 1C16, 1D16).  
Fig. 48 Pulse output port mode block diagram  
42  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Pulse mode 0  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Address  
This mode divides a pulse output port into 4 bits and 4 bits and indi-  
Waveform output mode register 1A16  
vidually controls them.  
Waveform output select bits  
000 : Parallel port  
When setting the pulse output mode select bit to “0”, and setting bits  
2 and 1 to “0” and bit 0 to “1” of the waveform output select bits, four  
of RTP13, RTP12, RTP11, and RTP10 become the pulse output  
ports with RTP1 selected.  
001 : RTP1 selected  
(Valid in pulse mode 0)  
010 : RTP0 selected  
(Valid in pulse mode 0)  
011 : In pulse mode 0  
RTP1 and RTP0 selected  
In pulse mode 1  
When setting the pulse output mode select bit to “0”, and setting bits  
2 and 0 to “0” and bit 1 to “1” of the waveform output select bits, four  
of RTP03, RTP02, RTP01, RTP00 become the pulse output ports  
with RTP0 selected.  
RTP1, RTP0  
3
, RTP0  
2,  
RTP0 , RTP0  
1
0 selected  
When setting the pulse output mode select bit to “0”, and setting bit  
2 to “0” and bits 1 and 0 to “1” of the waveform output select bits,  
the following two groups become the pulse output ports with RTP1  
and RTP0 selected:  
Polarity select bit  
(Valid for RTP0 in pulse mode 0)  
0 : Positive polarity  
1 : Negative polarity  
•Four of RTP13, RTP11, RTP10  
Pulse width modulation select bit 0  
(Valid for RTP1 in pulse mode 0;  
•Four of RTP03, RTRTP00.  
Valid for RTP1, RTP0  
pulse mode 1)  
3, RTP02 in  
Each time thf timer A1 counter become 000016, the  
contents ut data register 1 (low-order 4 bits at address  
1C16) g to RTP13, RTP12, RTP11, RTP10 are output  
fro
0 : No modulation by timer A2  
1 : Modulation by timer A2  
Pulse width modulation select bit 1*  
(Valid in pulse mode 1)  
0 : Modulation by timer A2  
e contents of timer A0 counter become 000016, the  
of pulse output data register 0 (low-order 4 bits at address  
corresponding to RTP03, RTP02, RTP01, RTP00 are output  
m ports.  
1 : Modulation for RTP0  
by timer A2  
3, RTP02  
Modulation for RTP1  
by timer A3  
Modulation for RTP1  
by timer A4  
1
3
, RTP1  
, RTP1  
0
2
When writing “0” to the specified bit of pulse output data register, “L”  
level is output from the pulse output port when the contents of cor-  
responding timer counter become 000016; when writing “1” to it, “H”  
level is output from the pulse output port.  
* when selecting pulse mode 0, f
this bit to “0”.  
Waveform output contro
0 : In pulse mode 0  
Disable RTPtput  
In pulse m
Disabl
outp
1 : In
waveform output  
de 1  
0 waveform  
Address  
Timer A0 mode register 5616  
Timer A1 mode register 5716  
7
6
5
0
4
0
3
×
2
1
1
0
0
0
100 : Fix to “100” in pulse output port mode  
RTP0  
t  
1, RTP00 waveform  
×
: Not used in pulse output port mode  
Waveform output control bit 1  
0 : In pulse mode 0  
00 : Fix to “00” in pulse output port mode  
Clock source select bit  
00 : Pf2 selected  
01 : Pf16 selected  
10 : Pf64 selected  
11 : Pf512 selected  
Disable RTP1 waveform output  
In pulse mode 1  
Disable RTP1, RTP0  
waveform output  
3, RTP02  
1 : In pulse mode 0  
Enable RTP1 waveform output  
In pulse mode 1  
Fig. 50 Bit configuration of timer A1 and A0 mode registers in pulse  
output port mode  
Enable RTP1, RTP0  
waveform output  
3, RTP02  
Note : Only when bit 5 of the particular function select register 1  
(in Fig. 15) is set to “1”, this register’s contents can be  
changed from the status after reset (in Fig.76).  
Fig. 49 Bit configuration of waveform output mode register in pulse  
output port mode  
43  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Additionally, pulse width modulation can be applied for the pulse out-  
The polarity select bit (bit 3) of waveform output mode register must  
be “0” to select the positive polarity. The other operations are the  
same as that of pulse mode 0. Figure 53 shows example waveforms  
in the pulse mode 1.  
put port RTP1. Because the timerA2 is used for pulse width modula-  
tion, actuate timer A2 in the pulse width modulation mode. When any  
bit of pulse output data is “1”, the pulse to which pulse width modula-  
tion is applied is output from the pulse output port when the contents  
of timer A1 counter become 000016.  
In ports selecting the pulse mode 1, output of RTP01 and RTP00 is  
controlled by the waveform output control bit 0 (bit 6) of waveform  
output mode register; output of RTP13, RTP12, RTP11, RTP10,  
RTP03 and RTP02 is done by the waveform output control bit 1  
(bit 7).  
Pulse width modulation by timer A2 is applied when setting the pulse  
width modulation select bit 0 (bit 4) of waveform output mode regis-  
ter to “1”, pulse width modulation select bit 1 (bit 5) to “0,” and the  
pulse width modulation data bit of RTP1 (bit 5) of pulse output data  
register 0 to “1”.  
When setting the waveform output control bit to “1”, waveform is out-  
put from the corresponding port. When clearing that bit to “0”, wave-  
form output from the corresponding port stops and the port becomes  
floating. The waveform output control bits are cleared to “0” by reset  
other than clearing with instructions.  
RTP03, RTP02, RTP01 and RTP00 can output the contents of pulse  
output data register 0 by setting the polarity select bit (bit 3) of wave-  
form output mode register. When the polarity select bit is “1”, the re-  
versed contents of pulse output data register 0 is output; when that  
bit is “0”, the contents of pulse output data register 0 are output as it  
is. Figure 52 shows example waveforms in the pulse mode 0.  
In ports selecting the pulse mode 0, output of RTP03, RTP02, RTP01  
and RTP00 is controlled by the waveform output control bit 0 (bit 6)  
of waveform output mode register; output of RTP13, RTP12, RTP11  
and RTP10 is done by the waveform output control bit 1 (bit 7).  
When setting the waveform output control bit to “1”, waveform is out-  
put from the corresponding port. When clearing that bit to “0”, wave-  
form output from the corresponding port stops, and the port  
becomes floating. The waveform output control bits are cleared to “0”  
by reset other than clearing with instructions.  
Address  
e output data register 1  
7
×
6
×
5
×
4
3
2
1C16  
RTP1  
RTP1  
RTP1  
RTP1  
0
1
2
3
pulse output data bit  
pulse output data bit  
pulse output data bit  
pulse output data bit  
Pulse output mode select bit  
0 : Pulse mode 0  
1 : Pulse mode 1  
: Not used in pulse output port mode  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Address  
Pulse output data register 0  
Pulse mode 1  
1D16  
This mode divides a pulse output port into 6 bits and 2 i-  
vidually controls them.  
RTP0  
RTP0  
RTP0  
RTP0  
0
1
2
3
pulse output data bit  
pulse output data bit  
pulse output data bit  
pulse output data bit  
When setting the pulse output mode select bit ting bit 2  
to “0” and bits 1 and 0 to “1” of the waveforect bits, the  
following two groups become the pulse
In pulse mode 0  
Pulse width modulation data bit of RTP1  
In pulse mode 1  
Pulse width modulation data bit of  
•Six of RTP13, RTP12, RTP11, RTP1P02  
•Two of RTP01, RTP00.  
RTP03, RTP02  
Timer A1 controls six of RTP13, P11, RTP10, RTP03, and  
RTP02; timer A0 controls two of RRTP00.  
In pulse mode 1  
Pulse width modulation data bit of  
Additionally, pulse width modulation can be applied for the pulse out-  
put ports (RTP1, RTP03, RTP02). The pulse width modulation select  
bit 1 (bit 5) of waveform output mode register selects the type of  
modulation: the common modulation to six of RTP13, RTP12, RTP11,  
RTP10, RTP03 and RTP02 or the modulation to every two ports of  
RTP13 and RTP12, RTP11 and RTP10, RTP03 and RTP02.  
When setting that bit to “0”, the common modulation to six ports is  
applied; when setting that bit to “1”, the modulation to every two ports  
is applied. The timer A2 is used for the common modulation to six  
ports; the timers A2, A3 andA4 are used for the modulation to every  
two ports. Accordingly, actuate the respective timers in the pulse  
width modulation mode. When any bit of pulse output data is “1”, the  
pulse to which pulse width modulation is applied is output from the  
pulse output port when the contents of timer A1 counter become  
000016.  
RTP11, RTP10  
In pulse mode 1  
Pulse width modulation data bit of  
RTP1 , RTP1  
3
2
Note : Only when bit 5 of the particular function select register 1  
(in Fig. 15) is set to “1”, this register’s contents can be  
changed from the status after reset (in Fig.76).  
Fig. 51 Bit configuration of pulse output data registers 1 and 0 in  
pulse output port mode  
Pulse width modulation by corresponding timers is applied when set-  
ting the pulse width modulation select bit 0 of waveform output mode  
register to “1” and the corresponding pulse width modulation data  
bits (bits 7 to 5) of pulse output data register 0 to “1”.  
44  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Pulse outpu port (RTP1) example  
Signal output each time  
timer A1 becomes 000016  
RTP13  
RTP12  
RTP11  
RTP10  
Example of pulse width modulation for above pulse output port using timer A2  
Signal output each time  
timer A1 becomes 000016  
RTP13  
RTP12  
RTP11  
RTP10  
Pulse outpu port (RTP0) example in the case of pola“1”  
Signal output each time  
timer A0 becomes 000016  
RTP03  
RTP02  
RTP01  
RTP00  
Fig. 52 Example waveforms in pulse mode 0  
Pulsbits) example  
Signal output each time  
timer A1 becomes 000016  
RTP13  
RTP
RT
RTP03  
RTP02  
Example of pulse width modulation for above pulse output port using timer A2  
Signal output each time  
timer A1 becomes 000016  
RTP13  
RTP12  
RTP11  
RTP10  
RTP03  
RTP02  
Fig. 53 Example waveforms in pulse mode 1  
45  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(UART) serial I/O port using start and stop bits.  
SERIAL I/O PORTS  
Figures 56 and 57 show the connections of receiver/transmitter ac-  
cording to the mode.  
Two independent serial I/O ports are provided. Figure 54 shows a  
block diagram of the serial I/O ports.  
Figure 58 shows the bit configuration of the UARTi Transmit/Receive  
control register.  
Bits 0, 1, and 2 of the UARTi(i = 0,1) Transmit/Receive mode register  
shown in Figure 55 are used to determine whether to use port P8 as  
parallel port, clock synchronous serial I/O port, or asynchronous  
Each communication method is described below.  
Data bus(odd)  
Data bus(even)  
Bit converter  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Receive buffer register  
UART0(3716,3616)  
UART1(3F16,3E16)  
RXDi  
Receive regist
Receive clock  
UART receive  
Receive  
control  
circuit  
1/16 Divider  
Bit rate  
generator  
Clock synchronous  
UART transmission  
UART0(3116)  
UART1(3916)  
Internal  
Clock source selection  
Transm
1/16 Divider  
Transmission  
control circuit  
Pf2  
Clock synchronous  
Pf16  
Pf64  
Pf512  
Clock synchronous  
TXDi  
1/(n + 1)  
Divider  
(Internal clock)  
nsmit register  
1/2 Divider  
External Clock synchronous  
(Internal clock)  
Clock synchronous  
(External clo
CLKi  
Transmit  
buffer register  
D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0  
UART0(3316,3216)  
UART1(3B16,3A16)  
CTSi/RTSi  
Data bus  
(odd)  
Bit converter  
Data bus(even)  
Fig. 54 Serial I/O port block diagram  
Addresses  
3016  
3816  
7
6 5 4 3 2 1 0  
UART ceive mode register  
UART Receive mode register  
Serial I/O moe select bit  
0 0 0 : Parallel port  
0 0 1 : Clock synchronous  
1 0 0 : 7-bit UART  
1 0 1 : 8-bit UART  
1 1 0 : 9-bit UART  
Internal/External clock select bit  
0 : Internal clock  
1 : External clock  
Stop bit length select bit  
0 : 1 stop bit  
1 : 2 stop bits  
Even/Odd parity select bit  
0 : Odd parity  
1 : Even parity  
Parity enable select bit  
0 : No parity  
1 : With parity  
Sleep select bit  
0 : No sleep  
1 : Sleep  
Fig. 55 UARTi Transmit/Receive mode register bit configuration  
46  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Data bus(odd)  
Data bus(even)  
Bit Converter  
Receive buffer register  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
D8  
D7  
D6  
D5  
D4  
D3  
D2  
D1  
D0  
8bit  
9bit  
2 stop bit  
Parity  
7bit  
8bit  
9bit  
9 bit  
Synchronous  
7 bit  
RXDi  
Stop  
bit  
Stop  
bit  
Parity  
bit  
No  
parity  
Receive register  
1 stop bit  
7bit  
8bit  
Synchronous  
Synchronous  
Fig. 56 Receiver block diagram  
Data bus(odd)  
Data bus(even)  
verter  
Transmit buffer register  
D8  
D7  
D4  
D3  
D2  
D1  
D0  
7bit  
8bit  
9
9bit  
Synchr-  
onous  
2 stop bit  
Parity 7bit  
8bit  
Parity  
bit  
TXDi  
9bit  
Stop  
Stop  
bit  
“0”  
bit  
No  
parity  
7 bit  
Transmit register  
1 stop bit  
“0”  
us  
Fig. 57 Transmitter block diagram  
Addresses  
7
6
5
4
3
UART 0 Transmit/Receive control register 0 3416  
UART 1 Transmit/Receive control register 0 3C16  
MSB/  
LSB  
0  
BRG count source select bit  
0 0 : Select Pf  
2
0 1 : Select Pf16  
1 0 : Select Pf64  
1 1 : Select Pf512  
CTS, RTS select bit  
0 : Select CTS  
1 : Select RTS  
Transmit register empty bit  
CTS, RTS enable bit  
0 : Enable CTS, RTS  
1 : Disable CTS, RTS (Input/Output port)  
Transfer format select bit (Note)  
0 : LSB first  
Note : This bit is valid in clock synchronous mode.  
Fix this bit to “0” in UART mode.  
1 : MSB first  
Addresses  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
UART 0 Transmit/Receive control register 1 3516  
UART 1 Transmit/Receive control register 1 3D16  
SUM PER FER OER RI  
RE  
TI  
TE  
Transmit enable flag  
Transmit buffer empty flag  
Receive enable flag  
Receive complete flag  
Overrun error flag  
Framing error flag  
Parity error flag  
Error sum flag  
Fig. 58 UARTi Transmit/Receive control register bit configuration  
47  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
transmission clock CLKj. Therefore, when the selected clock is Pfi,  
CLOCK SYNCHRONOUS SERIAL COMMUNI-  
CATION  
Bit Rate = Pfi/ {(n+1)×2}  
A case where communication is performed between two clock syn-  
chronous serial I/O ports as shown in Figure 59 will be described.  
(The transmission side will be denoted by subscript j and the receiv-  
ing side will be denoted by subscript k.)  
On the clock receiving side, the TCS0 and TCS1 bits of the UARTk  
Transmit/Receive control register 0 are ignored because an external  
clock is selected.  
Bit 0 of the UARTj Transmit/Receive mode register and UARTk  
Transmit/Receive mode register must be set to “1” and bits 1 and 2  
must be “0”. The length of the transmission data is fixed at 8 bits.  
Bit 3 of the UARTj Transmit/Receive mode register of the clock send-  
ing side is cleared to “0” to select the internal clock. Bit 3 of the  
UARTk Transmit/Receive mode register of the clock receiving side is  
set to “1” to select the external clock. Bits 4, 5 and 6 are ignored in  
clock synchronous mode. Bit 7 must always be “0”.  
Bit 2 of the clock-sending-side UARTj Transmit/Receive control reg-  
____  
ister 0 is cleared to “0” to select CTSj input. Bit 2 of the clock receiv-  
____  
ing side is set to “1” to select RTSk output.  
Bit 4 of the UART Transmit/Receive control register 0 is used to de-  
____ ____  
termine whether to use CTS or RTS signal. Bit 4 must be “0” when  
____ ____  
____  
____  
CTS or RTS signal is used. Bit 4 must be “1” when CTS and RTS sig-  
____ ____ ____  
nals are not used. When CTS and RTS signals are not used, CTS/  
____ ____ ____  
RTS pin can be used as a normal port. The case using CTS and RTS  
____ ____  
The clock source is selected by bit 0 (TCS0) and bit 1 (TCS1) of the  
clock-sending-side UARTj Transmit/Receive control register 0. As  
shown in Figure 54, the selected clock is divided by (n+1), then by 2,  
is passed through a transmission control circuit, and is output as  
signals are explained beloowever, when CTS and RTS signals  
____  
are not used, there aron of CTSj input, and there is no  
_____  
RTSk output.  
TxDj  
UARTj transmit register  
UARTk transmit register  
UARTj transmit buffer register  
UARTj receive buffer register  
UARTk transmit buffer register  
UARTk receive buffer register  
RxDk  
UARTj receive register  
UARTk receive register  
UARTj Transmit/Receive mod
UARTk Transmit/Receive mode register  
×
×
×
×
×
×
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
CLKj  
CTSj  
CLKk  
RTSk  
UARTj Transmit/Rtrol  
register 0  
UARTk Transmit/Receive control  
register 0  
MSB/  
LSB  
TX  
MSB/  
LSB  
TX  
×
×
0
TCS1 TCS0  
1
EPTY  
EPTY  
UARTj Transmit/Receive control  
register 1  
UARTk Transmit/Receive control  
register 1  
SUM PER FER OER RI  
RE  
TI  
TE  
SUM PER FER OER RI  
RE  
TI  
TE  
Fig. 59 Clock synchronous serial communication  
48  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
changes to “1” at the next cycle just after the TENDj signal goes “H”  
Transmission  
and changes to “0” when transmission starts. Therefore, this flag can  
be used to determine whether data transmission has completed.  
When the TIj flag changes from “0” to “1”, the interrupt request bit in  
the UARTj transmit interrupt control register is set to “1”.  
Transmission is started when bit 0 (TEj flag) of UARTj Transmit/Re-  
____  
ceive control register 1 is “1”, bit 1 (TIj flag) of one is “0”, and CTSj  
input is “L”. As shown in Figure 60, data is output from TXDj pin each  
time when transmission clock CLKj changes from “H” to “L”. The data  
is output from the least significant bit.  
In only UART0, data can be output to a maximum of 3 external re-  
ceive devices. This is realized under the condition in which the inter-  
nal clock is selected and the transmission clock is output from one of  
The TIj flag indicates whether the transmit buffer register is empty or  
not. It is cleared to “0” when data is written in the transmit buffer reg-  
ister and set to “1” when the contents of the transmit buffer register is  
transferred to the transmit register.  
pins CLK0, CLKS0 (multiplexed with RXD0) and CLKS1 (multiplexed  
____ ____  
with CTS0/RTS0). Make sure that do not switch the selection of the  
clock during transmission. Figure 61 shows an external connection  
example.  
When the transmit register becomes empty after the contents has  
been transmitted, data is transferred automatically from the transmit  
buffer register to the transmit register if the next transmission start  
Plural output of transmit clock mode is set with bits 1 and 0 of the  
particular function select register 1. Additionally, it is necessary to se-  
condition is satisfied. If bit 2 of UARTj Transmit/Receive control reg-  
____  
___  
___  
lect the internal clock, disable CTS and RTS, receive and D-A output  
with the UART0 Transmit/ive mode register, UART0 Transmit/  
Receive control registeand A-D control register 1. Figure  
62 shows the other ronfiguration in plural output of trans-  
mit clock mode 3 shows the particular function select  
register 1 bit .  
ister 0 is “1”, CTSj input is ignored, and transmission start is con-  
trolled only by the TEj flag and TIj flag. Once transmission has  
____  
started, the TEj flag, TIj flag, and CTSj signals are ignored until data  
transmission completes. Therefore, transmission is not interrupt  
____  
when CTSj input is changed to “H” during transmission.  
The transmission start condition indicated by TEj flag, TIj flag, and  
____  
Table 6 shtion of the particular function select register  
1’s bits ch is the output pin of transmit clock select bits:  
TCccording to this table, select the CLK0, CLKS0 or  
rresponding to the contents of TC1 and TC0, and out-  
nsmit clock.  
CTSj is checked while the TENDj signal (shown in Figure 60) is “H”.  
Therefore, data can be transmitted continuously if the next transmis-  
sion data is written in the transmit buffer register and TIj flag is  
cleared to “0” before theTENDj signal goes “H”.  
Bit 3 (TXEPTYj flag) of UARTj Transmit/Receive control register 0  
1/Pfi × (
Transmission  
clock  
TE  
TIj  
j
Write in transmr  
Transmit register Transmit buffer register  
CTSj  
/Pfi × (n + 1) × 2  
Stopped because TEj = “0”  
CLKj  
TENDj  
TXDj  
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7  
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7  
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7  
TXEPTYj  
Fig. 60 Clock synchronous serial I/O timing  
49  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Receive  
TXD0  
Receive starts when bit 2 (REk flag) of UARTk Transmit/Receive  
CLKS1  
CLKS0  
CLK0  
control register 1 is set to “1”.  
____  
UART0  
The RTSk output is “H” when the REk flag is “0” and goes “L” when  
the REk flag changed to “1” and the TIk flag did to “0”. It goes back to  
“H” when receive starts. The TIk flag is cleared to “0” by write dummy  
____  
data to the transmit buffer register. It is ready to receive when RTSk  
DIN  
DIN  
DIN  
output is “L”.  
CLK  
CLK  
CLK  
The data from the RxDk pin is retrieved and the contents of the re-  
ceive register is shifted by 1 bit each time when the transmission  
clock CLKj changes from “L” to “H.” When an 8-bit data is received,  
Note: This is available in clock synchronous serial I/O, using internal clock  
and transmission mode.  
the contents of the receive register is transferred to the receive buffer  
register and bit 3 (RIk flag) of UARTk Transmit/Receive control reg-  
ister 1 is set to “1”. In other words, the setting “1” to the RIk flag indi-  
cates that the receive buffer register contains the received data.  
When the RIk flag change“0” to “1”, the interrupt request bit in  
the UARTk receive interegister is set to “1”. Bit 4 (OERk  
flag) of UARTk Trancontrol register 1 is set to “1” when  
the next data is rom the receive register to the receive  
buffer registeag is “1”, and indicates that the next data  
was transreceive register before the contents of the re-  
ceive was read. RIk flag is automatically cleared to “0”  
whder byte of the receive buffer register is read or when  
is cleared to “0”. The OERk flag is cleared when the REk  
ared or port P8 is set to a parallel port. Bit 5 (FERk flag), bit  
Rk flag), and bit 7 (SUMk flag) are ignored in clock synchro-  
us mode.  
Fig. 61 External connection example in plural output of transmit  
clock mode  
7
0
6
5
4
3
0
2
0
1
0
0
1
Address  
UART0 Transmit/Receive mode register 3016  
0 0 1 : Clock synchronous  
0
: Internal clock  
This bit must be “0”  
7
7
6
6
6
5
5
5
4
1
3
3
3
2
1
1
1
0
0
0
Address  
3416  
UART0 Transmit/Receive control register 0  
1
: Disable CTS, RTS  
When reading the contents of the receive buffer register, the received  
data is pulled from the least significant bit (LSB) in the received order  
if bit 7 (TEM) of the UARTj Transmit/Receive control registers 0 is “0”.  
If bit 7 (TEM) is “1”, the received data is pulled from the most signifi-  
cant bit (MSB).  
4
4
2
0
UART0 Transmit/Receive control reg
: Disable receive  
0
As shown in Figure 54, with clock synchronous serial communica-  
tion, data cannot be received unless the transmitter is operating be-  
cause the receive clock is created from the transmission clock.  
Therefore, the transmitter must be operating even when there is no  
need to sent data from UARTk to UARTj.  
7
0
2
A-D control registe
0
: Disabl
Fig. 62 Other registers except special function select register 1 bit  
configuration in plural output of transmit clock mode  
Table 6. Output pin of transmit clock select bits and pins’ function  
Output pin of trans-  
Pin name  
mit clock select bits  
____ ____  
TC1  
0
TC0  
0
P81/CLK0 P82/RXD0 P80/CTS0/RTS0/DA0  
____ ____  
CLK0  
CLK0  
“H”  
RXD0  
P80/CTS0/RTS0/DA0  
0
1
“H” (Note)  
CLKS2  
P80  
P80  
1
0
1
1
“H”  
“H” (Note)  
CLKS1  
Note:It outputs “H” when bit 2 of the port P8 direction register is “1”, and it  
becomes floating when bit 2 is “0”.  
50  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Particular function select register 1 (6D16)  
TC1 TC0  
Transmit clock output pin select bit  
00 : Normal mode (output only to CLK0)  
01 : Plural clocks specified; output to CLK0  
10 : Plural clocks specified; output to CLKS0  
11 : Plural clocks specified; output to CLKS1  
Internal clock stop select bit at WIT (Note 1)  
0 : Clock for peripheral function and watchdog timer are operating at WIT  
1 : Internal clock except that for oscillation circuit and watchdog timer are stopped at WIT  
Watchdog timer’s select bit (Note 1)  
0 : Exclusive clock deviding circuit output (Wf512, Wf32used as clock for watchdog  
timer. Clock (Wf512, Wf32) for watchdog timer doange in hold.  
1 : Clock for peripheral device deviding circuit ou2) is used as clock for  
watchdog timer. Clock (Pf512, Pf32) for watcnges in hold.  
Watchdog timer exclusive clock dividing ed.  
Signal output stop select bit (Note 1)  
Refer to Table 8.  
Expansion function select bit
Refer to Figure 62.  
Pull-up select bit 0 (
0 : With no pull-uP55, P54  
1 : With pull-uP55, P54  
Pull-up se3)  
0 : WiP95  
1 : P95  
Control bits affected by expansion  
function select bit  
Control registers affected by expansion  
function select register  
Register  
A
5
Register  
Address  
1A16  
A-D control register 1  
Waveform output mode register  
Dead-time timer  
Chip select area register  
2, 5, 6, 7  
16 0, 1, 5, 6  
6D16 2, 3, 4  
1B16  
Particular function select re
Particular function selec
Pulse output data register 1  
Pulse output data register 0  
1C16  
1D16  
4516  
Timer A write flag  
____  
INT4  
interrupt control register  
6E16  
Notes 1: Bits 2, 3, and 4 can be re-write after bit 5 (expansion function select bit) is set to “1.”  
2: After bit 5 is set to “1” once, bit 5 cannot be cleared to “0” except external reset and software reset.  
3: Bits 6 and 7 are write-only bits and undefined at read. Do not use SEB or CLB insturuction when setting bits 0–7.  
Fig. 63 Particular function select register 1 bit configuration  
51  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Selection of transfer format  
In clock synchronous serial communication, transfer format can be  
selected by bit 7 of the Transmit/Receive control register 0. When bit  
7 is “0”, transfer format is LSB first. When bit 7 is “1”, transfer format  
is MSB first.  
transmit buffer register and the receive buffer register when writing  
transmit data to the transmit buffer register or reading receive data  
from the receive buffer register. Accordingly, the transmitter’s opera-  
tion is the same in both transfer formats.  
This function is realized by changing connection relation between the  
Figure 64 shows the connection relation.  
Bit 7 in Transmit/Receive  
control register 0  
Write to transmit  
buffer register  
Read from receive  
buffer register  
Transmit buffer  
register  
Receive buffer  
register  
Data bus  
DB7  
Data bus  
DB7  
D7  
D7  
D5  
D4  
D3  
D2  
D1  
D0  
DB6  
D6  
D5  
D4  
D3  
D2  
D1  
DB6  
DB5  
DB5  
0
(LSB first)  
DB4  
D
DB3  
DB2  
DB1  
B1  
DB0  
DB0  
ter  
Receive buffer  
register  
Data bus  
DB7  
Data bus  
DB7  
D7  
D6  
D5  
D4  
D3  
D2  
D1  
D0  
D7  
D6  
D5  
D4  
D3  
D2  
D1  
D0  
D
DB6  
DB5  
1
(MSB first)  
DB4  
B3  
DB3  
DB2  
DB2  
DB1  
DB1  
DB0  
DB0  
Fig. 64 Connection relation between transmit buffer register, receive buffer register, and data bus  
52  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Bit 5 is a select bit of odd parity or even parity.  
ASYNCHRONOUS  
In the odd parity mode, the parity bit is adjusted so that the sum of 1s  
SERIAL COMMUNICATION  
in the data and parity bit is always odd.  
Asynchronous serial communication can be performed using 7-, 8-,  
or 9-bit length data. The operation is the same for all data lengths.  
The following is the description for 8-bit asynchronous communica-  
tion.  
In the even parity mode, the parity bit is adjusted so that the sum of  
the 1s in the data and parity bit is always even.  
Bit 6 is the parity bit select bit which indicates whether to add parity  
bit or not.  
With 8-bit asynchronous communication, bit 0 of UARTi Transmit/  
Receive mode register is “1”, bit 1 is “0”, and bit 2 is “1”.  
Bit 3 is used to select an internal clock or an external clock. If bit 3 is  
“0”, an internal clock is selected and if bit 3 is “1”, then external clock  
is selected. If an internal clock is selected, bit 0 (TCS0) and bit 1  
(TCS1) of UARTi Transmit/Receive control register 0 are used to se-  
lect the clock source. When an internal clock is selected for asyn-  
chronous serial communication, the CLKi pin can be used as a  
normal I/O pin.  
Bits 4 to 6 must be set or reset according to the data format used in  
the communicating devices.  
Bit 7 is the sleep select bit. The sleep mode is described later.  
The UARTi Transmit/Receive control register 0 bit 2 is used to deter-  
____  
____  
mine whether to use CTSi input or RTSi output.  
____  
____  
CTSi input is used if bit 2 is “0” and RTSi output is used if bit 2 is “1”.  
____  
If CTSi input is selected, the user can control whether to stop or start  
____  
transmission by external CTSi input.  
Bit 4 of the UART Transmitceive control register 0 is used to de-  
The selected internal or external clock is divided by (n+1), then by  
16, and is passed through a control circuit to create the UART trans-  
mission clock or UART receive clock.  
_
___  
termine whether to use TS signal. Bit 4 must be “0” when  
____ ____ ___ ___  
CTS or RTS signal imust be “1” when CTS or RTS sig-  
_ ___ ___  
nal is not used. WRTS signal is not used, CTS/RTS pin  
___ ___  
Therefore, the transmission speed can be changed by changing the  
contents (n) of the bit rate generator. If the selected clock is an inter-  
nal clock Pfi or an external clock fEXT,  
can be used aort. The case using CTS and RTS signals  
___ ___  
are explaiowever, when CTS and RTS signals are not  
____ ____  
used, tondition of CTSi input, and there is no RTSi out-  
put.  
Bit Rate = (Pfi or fEXT) / {(n+1)×16}  
Transmit/Receive control register 0 bit 7 to “1” in asyn-  
communication.  
Bit 4 is the stop bit length select bit to select 1 stop bit or 2 stop bits.  
53  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
____  
Once transmission has started, the TEi flag, TIi flag, and CTSi signal  
____  
Transmission  
(if CTSi input is selected ) are ignored until data transmission is com-  
pleted.  
Transmission is started when bit 0 (TEi flag) of UARTi Transmit/Re-  
____  
ceive control register 1 is “1”, bit 1 (TIi flag) is “0”, and CTSi input is  
____  
Therefore, transmission does not stop until it completes event if the  
TEi flag is cleared during transmission.  
“L” if CTSi input is selected. As shown in Figures 65 and 66, data is  
output from the TXDi pin with the stop bit or parity bit specified by bits  
4 to 6 of UARTi Transmit/Receive mode register. The data is output  
from the least significant bit.  
The transmission start condition indicated by TEi flag, TIi flag, and  
____  
CTSi is checked while the TENDi signal shown in Figure 65 is “H”.  
Therefore, data can be transmitted continuously if the next transmis-  
sion data is written in the transmit buffer register and TIi flag is  
cleared to “0” before the TENDi signal goes “H”.  
The TIi flag indicates whether the transmit buffer is empty or not. It is  
cleared to “0” when data is written in the transmit buffer, and is set to  
“1” when the contents of the transmit buffer register is transferred to  
the transmit register.  
Bit 3 (TXEPTYi flag) of UARTi Transmit/Receive control register 0  
changes to “1” at the next cycle just after the TENDi signal goes “H”  
and changes to “0” when transmission starts. Therefore, this flag can  
be used to determine whether data transmission is completed.  
When the TIi flag changes from “0” to “1”, the interrupt request bit of  
the UARTi transmit interruntrol register is set to “1”.  
When the transmit register becomes empty after the contents has  
been transmitted, data is transferred automatically from the transmit  
buffer register to the transmit register if the next transmit start condi-  
tion is satisfied.  
(1/Pfi or 1/fEXT) × (n + 1) × 16  
Transmission clock  
TE  
i
TI  
i
Written in transmit buffer register  
register Transmit  
buffer register  
CTS  
i
T
T
T
ENDi  
Stopped because TE  
ST  
i = “0”  
Start bit  
ST  
ity bit Stop bit  
SP ST  
X
X
Di  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D
D
7
P
D
0
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
P
SP  
D0 D1  
EPTY  
i
Fig. 65 Transmit timing example synchronous communication with parity and 1 stop bit selected  
(1/Pfi or 1/fEXT) × (n + 1) × 16  
Transmission clock  
TEi  
TI  
i
Written in transmit buffer register  
Start bit  
Transmit register Transmit  
buffer register  
T
T
T
ENDi  
Stopped because TE  
i = “0”  
Stop bit Stop bit  
SP SP ST  
X
X
Di  
ST  
D0  
D1  
D
2
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
D5  
D6  
D7  
D8  
SP SP ST D0 D1 D2  
EPTY  
i
Fig. 66 Transmit timing example when 9-bit asynchronous communication with no parity and 2 stop bits selected  
54  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Receive  
to “0” when reading the low-order byte of the receive buffer register  
Receive is enabled when bit 2 (REi flag) of UARTi Transmit/Receive  
control register 1 is set to “1.” As shown in Figure 67, the frequency  
divider circuit (1/16) at the receiving side begin to work when a start  
or when writing “0” to the REi flag or when setting to a parallel port.  
The OERi and SUMi flags are cleared to “0” when writing “0” to the  
REi flag or when setting to a parallel port.  
bit arrives and the data is received.  
____  
The SUMi flag is cleared to “0” when the OERi, FERi, PERi flags are  
cleared to “0” all.  
If RTSi output is selected by setting bit 2 of UARTi Transmit/Receive  
____  
control register 0 to “1”, the RTSi output is “H” when the REi flag is  
____  
“0”. When the REi flag changes to “1”, the RTSi output goes “L” to  
indicate receive ready and returns to “H” once receive has started. In  
____  
Sleep mode  
other words, RTSi output can be used to determine externally  
whether the receive register is ready to receive.  
The sleep mode is used to communicate only between certain micro-  
computers when multiple microcomputers are connected through se-  
rial I/O.  
The entire transmission data bits are received when the start bit  
passes the final bit of the receive block shown in Figure 56. At this  
point, the contents of the receive register is transferred to the receive  
buffer register and bit 3 (Rli flag) of UARTi Transmit/Receive control  
The microcomputer enters the sleep mode when bit 7 of UARTi  
Transmit/Receive mode register is set to “1.”  
The operation of the sleep mode for an 8-bit asynchronous commu-  
nication is described belo
register 1 is set to “1.” In other words, the RIi flag indicates that the  
____  
receive buffer register contains data when it is set to “1.” If RTSi out-  
____  
When sleep mode is scontents of the receive register is  
not transferred to thfer register if bit 7 (bit 6 if 7-bit asyn-  
chronous commbit 8 if 9-bit asynchronous communica-  
tion) of the ris “0”. Also the RIi, OERi, FERi, PERi, and  
the SUMi hanged. Therefore, the interrupt request bit of  
the UAinterrupt control register is also unchanged. Nor-  
maration takes place when bit 7 of the received data is  
put is selected, RTSi output goes “L” to indicate that the register is  
ready to receive the next data.  
The interrupt request bit of the UARTi receive interrupt control regis-  
ter is set to “1” when the RIi flag changes from “0” to “1”.  
Bit 4 (OERi flag) of UARTi Transmit/Receive control register 1 is set  
to “1” when the next data is transferred from the receive register to  
the receive buffer register while the RIi flag is “1”, in other words,  
when an overrun error occurs. If the OERi flag is “1”,  
it indicates that the next data has been transferred to the receive  
buffer register before the contents of the receive buffer register
been read.  
wing is an example of how the sleep mode can be used.  
ain microcomputer first sends data: bit 7 is “1” and bits 0 to 6  
set to the address of the subordinate microcomputer to be com-  
municated with. Then all subordinate microcomputers receive this  
data. Each subordinate microcomputer checks the received data,  
clears the sleep bit to “0” if bits 0 to 6 are its own address and sets  
the sleep bit to “1” if not. Next, the main microcomputer sends data  
with bit 7 cleared. Then the microcomputer which cleared the sleep  
bit will receive the data, but the microcomputers which set the sleep  
bit to “1” will not. In this way, the main microcomputer is able to com-  
municate only with the designated microcomputer.  
Bit 5 (FERi flag) is set to “1” when the number of stop bits i
required (framing error).  
Bit 6 (PERi flag) is set to “1” when a parity error oc
Bit 7 (SUMi flag) is set to “1” when either the OEflag, or  
the PERi flag is set to “1.” Therefore, the SUbe used to  
determine whether there is an error.  
The setting of the RIi flag, OERi flag, d the PERi flag is  
performed while transferring the ce receive register to  
the receive buffer register. The RPERi flags are cleared  
Pfi or fEXT  
RE  
i
Stop bit  
Start bit  
Start bit  
Check to be “L” level  
RX  
Di  
D0  
D1  
D7  
Data fetched  
Receive  
Clock  
Starting at the falling  
edge of start bit  
RI  
i
RTS  
i
Fig. 67 Receive timing example when 8-bit asynchronous communication with no parity and 1 stop bit selected  
55  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
A-D CONVERTER  
The A-D converter is a 10-bit successive approximation converter.  
The use of A-D converter or the use of comparator can be selected  
for each A-D input pin. The contents of the comparator function se-  
lect register specify it.  
Figure 68 shows a block diagram of the A-D converter.  
V
REF connection  
select bit  
V
REF  
Vref  
Ladder network  
AVSS  
Comparator function select register  
(0: A-D converter, 1: Comparator)  
A-D control register 1  
(Address 1F16  
)
(Address 6416  
)
A-D control register 0  
(Address 1E16  
)
Selector  
1
Control circuit  
Selector  
Successive approximation  
register  
Comparator result registe
(Address 6616  
)
Address  
Address  
A-D register 0 (2116  
A-D register 1 (2316  
A-D register 2 (2516  
A-D register 3 (2716  
A-D register 4 (2916  
)
)
)
)
)
A-D register 0 (2016  
A-D register 1 (2216  
A-D register 2 (2
A-D register 3
A-D regis
)
)
Compa-  
rator  
Decoder  
A-D register 5 (2B16  
)
A-D re
A-D register 6 (2D16  
)
A-6  
)
A-D register 7 (2F16  
)
2E16  
)
Data bus (odd)  
Data bus (even)  
AN0  
AN1  
AN2  
AN3  
AN4  
AN5  
AN6  
AN7/ADTRG  
Selector  
A-D conversion speed selection  
φ1  
Frequency select  
flag 0, 1  
0
1
Pf  
Pf  
2
4
0
f(XIN  
)
1/2  
φ1  
φAD  
1/2  
Pf  
2
1/2  
Pf  
8
1
Clock source for peripheral  
devices select bit  
(bit 2 of processor mode register 1)  
Clock source select bit  
(bit 6 of processor mode register 1)  
1/2  
Fig. 68 A-D converter block diagram  
56  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Figure 69 shows the comparator function select register (address  
der network or not depends on bit 5 of the A-D control register 1. The  
VREF pin is connected when bit 5 is “0” and is disconnected when bit  
5 is “1” (High impedance state).  
6416) bit configuration. Bits 7 to 0 correspond to channels 7 to 0 re-  
spectively. Each channel can be selected as either an A-D converter  
or a comparator. When the bit is “0”, the channel corresponding to it  
functions as a 10-bit or an 8-bit A-D converter. When the bit is “1”, the  
channel functions as a comparator.  
When A-D or D-Aconversion is not performed, current from the VREF  
pin to the ladder network can be cut off by disconnecting ladder net-  
work from the VREF pin.  
When selecting an A-D converter, an input voltage to a selected ana-  
log input pin is A-D converted and the result is stored into the A-D  
register.  
Before starting A-D or D-A conversion, wait for 1 µs or more after  
clearing bit 5 to “0”.  
When selecting a comparator, D-A conversion is performed to the  
value of which high-order 8 bits are the value stored in an even ad-  
dress of the A-D converter and of which low-order 2 bits are “102.”  
Then, this D-A converted value is compared with the voltage sup-  
plied to an analog input pin. After the comparison, when the voltage  
supplied to an analog input pin is higher, “1” is stored into the com-  
parator result register (address 6616) shown in Figure 70. When it is  
lower, “0” is stored into that register.  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Address  
Comparator function select register 6416  
“0” : Select A-D converter  
“1” : Select comparator  
AN0 pin comparator function select bit  
AN1 pin comparator function select bit  
pin comparator function select bit  
in comparator function select bit  
n comparator function select bit  
pin comparator function select bit  
N6 pin comparator function select bit  
AN7 pin comparator function select bit  
Be sure to perform only read to the A-D register of which channel is  
selected as an A-D converter, and perform only write to the A-D reg-  
ister of which channel is selected as a comparator. Additionally, do  
not write to the comparator function select register and the A-D reg-  
ister while an A-D converter or a comparator is operating.  
Port direction register’s bits corresponding to pins to be A-D con-  
verted must be “0” (input mode) because analog input ports are mul-  
tiplexed with port P7.  
Fig. 6or function select register bit configuration  
5
4
3
2
1
0
Address  
Figure 71 shows the bit configuration of the A-D control register 0  
(address 1E16) and the A-D control register 1 (address 1F16).  
An operation clock (φAD) of an A-D converter or a comparator c
selected with bit 7 of the A-D control register 0 and bit 4 o
control register 1.  
Comparator result register 6616  
“0” : ANi input level is lower than set digital value  
“1” : ANi input level is higher than set digital value  
AN0  
AN1  
AN2  
AN3  
AN4  
AN5  
AN6  
AN7  
pin comparator result bit  
pin comparator result bit  
pin comparator result bit  
pin comparator result bit  
pin comparator result bit  
pin comparator result bit  
pin comparator result bit  
pin comparator result bit  
When bit 4 (frequency select flag 1) of the A-D contis  
“0”, φAD becomes Pf8 when bit 7 (frequency selece A-D  
control register 0 is “0”, φAD becomes Pf4 wheA-D con-  
trol register 0 is “1”.  
When the frequency select flag 1 is “1”es Pf2 when the  
frequency select flag 0 is “0”, φAD bhen the frequency  
select flag 0 is “1”. The last case n φ1 is forcibly used as  
φAD in high-speed running (f(XIN) > 5 MHz). However, this se-  
lection is available only in 8-bit resoluton mode.  
Note: Do not access with the SEB or CLB instruction.  
Fig. 70 Comparator result register bit configuration  
φAD during A-D conversion must be 250 kHz or more because the  
comparator uses a capacity coupling amplifier.  
Bit 3 of A-D control register 1 is used to select whether to regard the  
conversion result as 10-bit or as 8-bit data. The conversion result is  
regarded as 10-bit data when bit 3 is “1” and as 8-bit data when bit 3  
is “0”.  
When the conversion result is used as 10-bit data, the low-order 8  
bits of the conversion result is stored in the even address of the cor-  
responding A-D register and the high-order 2 bits are stored in bits 0  
and 1 at the odd address of the corresponding A-D register. Bits 2 to  
7 of the A-D register odd address are “0000002” when read.  
When the conversion result is used as 8-bit data, the high-order 8  
bits of the 10-bit A-D conversion result are stored in even address of  
the corresponding A-D register. In this case, the value at the A-D  
register’s odd address is “0016” when read.  
Whether to connect the reference voltage input (VREF) with the lad-  
57  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
When the bit of comparator function select register is “0” and bit 3 of  
Operation mode  
A-D control register 1 is “1”, A-D conversion ends after 59 fAD cycles,  
and the interrupt request bit of the A-D interrupt control register is set  
to “1.” At the same time, A-D control register 0 bit 6 (A-D conversion  
start bit) is cleared to “0” and A-D conversion stops. The result of A-D  
conversion is stored in the A-D register corresponding to the selected  
pin.  
The operation mode is selected by bits 3 and 4 of A-D control regis-  
ter 0 and bit 2 of A-D control register 1. The available operation  
modes are one-shot, repeat, single sweep, repeat sweep 0, and re-  
peat sweep 1. Either an A-D converter or a comparator can be se-  
lected respectively for every pin in the following 5 modes. The  
following description applies to the case where the bit of the com-  
parator function select register is “0” and an A-D converter is se-  
lected. It also applies to a comparator’s operation except that an A-D  
conversion is changed to a comparator operation and the result of a  
comparison is stored into the comparator result register.  
When the bit of the comparator function select register is “1”, a com-  
parator operation ends after 14 fAD cycles and the interrupt request  
bit of the A-D interrupt control register is set to “1”. At the same  
time, the A-D control register 0 bit 6 (A-D conversion start bit) is  
cleared to “0” and the comparator operation stops. The result of the  
comparison is stored into the bit of the comparator result register cor-  
responding to the selected pin.  
(1) One-shot mode  
One-shot mode is selected when bits 3 and 4 of A-D control register  
0 are “0” and bit 2 of A-D control register 1 is “0”. The A-D conversion  
pins are selected with bits 0 to 2 of A-D control register 0. A-D con-  
version can be started by a software trigger or by an external trigger.  
A software trigger is selected when bit 5 of A-D control register 0 is  
“0” and an external trigger is selected when it is “1”. When a software  
trigger is selected, A-D conversion or comparator operation is started  
when bit 6 (A-D conversion start flag) is set to “1.”  
If an external trigger is selected, A-D conversion starts when the A-D  
_____  
conversion start bit is “1” ae ADTRG input changes from “H” to  
“L”. In this case, the pins used for A-D conversion are AN0  
__
to AN6 because the Amultiplexed with analog voltage in-  
put pin AN7. This the same as that for software trigger  
except that thsion start bit is not cleared after A-D con-  
version ancan be available during A-D conversion.  
Address  
7
×
6
×
5
4
3
2
1
0
Address  
1F16  
A-D control register 1  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1E16  
A-D control register 0  
Analog input select bit  
A-D sweep pin select bit  
When single sweep or repeat sweep  
mode 0 is selected  
0 0 0 : Select AN  
0
0 0 : AN  
0 1 : AN  
1 0 : AN  
1 1 : AN  
0
0
0
0
, AN1  
(2 pins)  
(4 pins)  
(6 pins)  
(8 pins)  
0 0 1 : Select AN  
0 1 0 : Select AN  
0 1 1 : Select AN  
1 0 0 : Select AN  
1 0 1 : Select AN  
1
2
3
4
5
– AN  
– AN  
– AN  
3
5
7
When repeat sweep mo
0 0 : AN  
0 1 : AN  
1 0 : AN  
1 1 : AN  
0
0
0
0
(1
1 1 0 : Select AN  
6
, AN  
– AN  
– A
1
1 1 1 : Select AN  
7
2
A-D operation mode select bit 0  
0 0 : One-shot mode  
A-D operatt bit 1  
0 : Otsweep mode 1  
1 : mode 1  
8/1ct bit  
0 : 8
1 : 10-bode  
0 1 : Repeat mode  
1 0 : Single sweep mode  
1 1 : Repeat sweep mode 0  
Repeat sweep mode 1  
Trigger select bit  
0 : Software trigger  
A-D converter frequency select bit 1  
1 : ADTRG input trigger  
A-D conversion start bit  
0 : Stop A-D conversion  
1 : Start A-D conversion  
A-D conversion frequency select bit 0  
V
REF connection select bit (Note 5)  
0 : VREF is connected  
1 : VREF is not connected  
These bits are not used for A-D converter.  
A-D conversion frequency select bit  
A-D conversion frequency select bit  
Bit 6 at address  
5F16 (Note 1)  
Bit 2 at address  
5F16 (Note 2)  
Bit 6 at address  
5F16 (Note 1)  
Bit 2 at address  
5F16 (Note 2)  
fAD  
fAD  
Bit 1  
0
Bit 0  
0
Bit 1  
0
Bit 0  
0
f(XIN)/8  
f(XIN)/4  
f(XIN)/2  
f(XIN) (Note 4)  
f(XIN)/4  
f(XIN)/2  
f(XIN)/16  
f(XIN)/8  
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
f(XIN)/4  
1
1
1
1
f(XIN)/2 (Note 3)  
f(XIN)/8  
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
f(XIN)/4  
1
0
1
0
f(XIN)  
f(XIN)/2  
1
1
1
1
Notes1, 2: Refer to Figure 9 Processor mode register 1 bit configuration.  
3: When f(XIN) > 25 MHz, this can be selected only in 8-bit resolution  
mode.  
Notes 4: When f(XIN) > 12.5 MHz, this can be selected only in 8-bit resolution mode.  
5: When the expansion function select bit (bit 5 of particular function select  
register 1 ; refer to Fig. 62) is “1”, bit 5 can be written and changed.  
Fig. 71 A-D control register bit configuration  
58  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(2) Repeat mode  
(5) Repeat sweep mode 1  
Repeat mode is selected when bit 3 of A-D control register 0 is “1”,  
Repeat sweep mode 1 is selected when bit 3 of A-D control register  
0 is “1”, bit 4 is “1” and bit 2 of A-D control register 1 is “1”.  
The difference from the repeat sweep mode 0 is that A-D conversion  
for one unselected pin is performed each time when A-D conversion  
for selected pins is completed and A-D conversion is repeated once  
again from AN0 pin. The number of analog input pins to be swept is  
also different.  
bit 4 is “0” and bit 2 of A-D control register 1 is “0”.  
The operation of this mode is the same as the operation of one-shot  
mode except that when A-D conversion of the selected pin is com-  
plete and the result is stored in theA-D register, conversion does not  
stop, but is repeated.  
No interrupt request is generated in this mode. Furthermore, if soft-  
ware trigger is selected, the A-D conversion start bit is not cleared.  
The contents of the A-D register can be read at any time.  
Be sure not to write to the A-D register corresponding to the pins se-  
lected for a comparator during operation.  
The analog input pins for repeatedly sweep are selected with bits 1  
and 0 of A-D control register 1. The contents of these pins are used  
to select one pin, two pins, three pins, or four pins.  
The unselected pins are converted from the pin next to the pins se-  
lected as repeat sweep pins. No interrupt request is generated. Fur-  
thermore, if software trigger is selected, the A-D conversion start bit  
is not cleared.  
(3) Single sweep mode  
Single sweep mode is selected when bit 3 of A-D control register 0  
is “0”, bit 4 is “1” and bit 2 of A-D control register 1 is “0”.  
In the single sweep mode, the number of analog input pins to be  
swept can be selected. Analog input pins are selected by bits 1 and  
0 of the A-D control register 1 (address 1F16). Two pins, four pins,  
six pins, or eight pins can be selected as analog input pins, depend-  
ing on the contents of these bits.  
The A-D register can be rany time.  
Be sure not to write to ter corresponding to the pins se-  
lected for a comparperation.  
Note: Clear request bit of the A-D interrupt control reg-  
istdress 7016) before using the A-D interrupt. It is  
interrupt request bit is undefined just after reset.  
A-D conversion is performed only for selected input pins. After A-D  
conversion is performed for input of AN0 pin, the conversion result  
is stored in A-D register 0, and in the same way, A-D conversion is  
performed for selected pins one after another. After A-D conversion  
is performed for all selected pins, the sweep is stopped.  
A-D conversion can be started with a software trigger or with an
ternal trigger input. A software trigger is selected when bit 5
and an external trigger is selected when it is “1”.  
When a software trigger is selected, A-D conversion is
A-D control register 0 bit 6 (A-D conversion start 1.”  
When A-D conversion of all selected pins end, tequest  
bit of the A-D conversion interrupt control regi“1.” At the  
same time, A-D conversion start bit is cleaA-D conver-  
sion stops.  
When an external trigger is selectersion starts when  
the A-D conversion start bit is “1RG input changes from  
“H” to “L”. In this case, the A-D conn result which is stored in  
_____  
the A-D register 7 becomes invalid because the ADTRG pin is multi-  
plexed with AN7 pin.  
The operation by external trigger is the same as that by software  
trigger except that the A-D conversion start bit is not cleared to “0”  
after A-D conversion and a retrigger can be available during A-D  
conversion.  
(4) Repeat sweep mode 0  
Repeat sweep mode 0 is selected when bit 3 of A-D control register  
0 is “1”, bit 4 is “1” and bit 2 of A-D control register 1 is “0”.  
The difference from the single sweep mode is that A-D conversion  
does not stop after conversion for all selected pins, but repeats  
again from the AN0 pin. The repeat is performed among the selected  
pins. Also, no interrupt request is generated. Furthermore, if soft-  
ware trigger is selected, the A-D convension start bit is not cleared.  
The A-D register can be read at any time.  
Be sure not to write to the A-D register corresponding to the pins se-  
lected for a comparator during operation.  
59  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
WhenA-D or D-A conversion is not performed, current from the VREF  
pin to the ladder network can be cut off by disconnecting ladder net-  
D-A CONVERTER  
The D-A converter is an 8-bit R-2R method D-A converter and con-  
sists of two independent D-A converters. Figure 72 shows the block  
diagram of the D-A converter and Figure 73 shows the bit configura-  
tion of A-D control register 1.  
work from the VREF pin.  
Before starting A-D or D-A conversion, wait for 1 µs or more after  
clearing bit 5 to “0”. An external buffer must be connected when con-  
necting to a low impedance load because there is no built-in D-A out-  
put buffer.  
D-A conversion is performed by writing a value in the corresponding  
D-A register. The conversion result is output by bits 6 and 7 of A-D  
control register 1 (address 1F16). When bit 7 is “1”, the conversion  
result is output from DA0 pin.  
7
6
5
4
×
3
×
2
×
1
×
0
×
Address  
1F16  
When bit 6 is “1”, the conversion result is output from DA1pin.  
The output analog voltage V is determined according to the value n  
(“n” is a decimal number) set in the D-A register.  
A-D control register 1  
Not used for D-A converter  
VREF connection select bit (Note)  
0 : VREF is connected  
1 : VREF is not connected  
D-A1 output enable bit  
0 : Disable output  
V = VREF × n/256 (n = 0 to 255)  
VREF : Reference voltage  
1 : Enable output  
0 output enable bit  
isable output  
: Enable output  
The D-A output enable bit is cleared to “0” at reset. Whether to con-  
nect the reference voltage input (VREF) with the ladder network or not  
depends on bit 5 of the A-D control register 1. The VREF pin is con-  
nected when bit 5 is “0” and is disconnected when bit 5 is “1” (High  
impedance state).  
Note : When thnction select bit (bit 5 of peripheral  
functior 1 ; refer to Fig. 62) is “1,” bit 5 can be  
writtd.  
Fig. 73 register 1 bit configuration  
)  
VREF connection  
select  
ter 0  
ss 6816)  
D-A register 1  
(Address 6A16)  
VREF  
R-2k  
R-2R ladder network  
AVSS  
AVSS  
D-A0 output  
enable bit  
D-A1 output  
enable bit  
D-A0 pin  
D-A1 pin  
Fig. 72 D-A converter block diagram  
60  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
WATCHDOG TIMER  
The watchdog timer is used to detect unexpected execution se-  
quence caused by software runaway and others. Figure 74 shows  
the block diagram of the watchdog timer.  
Clock source for peripheral  
devices Pf2  
Hold request  
Pf512  
The watchdog timer consists of a 12-bit binary counter.  
1/8  
1/2  
1/2  
1/8  
Pf32  
The watchdog timer counts clock Wf32/Pf32, which is obtained by di-  
viding the peripheral devices’ clock Pf2 by 16; or clock Wf512/Pf512,  
which is obtained by doing it by 256. The watchdog timer frequency  
select register shown in Figure 75 selects which clock is counted.  
Wf512/Pf512 is selected when its contents are “0”, and Wf32/Pf32 is  
selected when they are “1”. They are cleared to “0” after reset.  
The watchdog timer clock select bit (bit 3 of particular function select  
register 1; Figure 62) selects use of clock Wf512/Wf32 or Pf512/Pf32  
as the clock source of watchdog timer. When selecting Wf512/Wf32,  
the clock source of watchdog timer (Wf512/Wf32) is not active during  
Hold state. When selecting Pf512/Pf32, the clock source of watchdog  
timer (Pf512/Pf32) is active during Hold state, however, current con-  
sumption can be reduced. It is because the Wf512/Wf32 division cir-  
cuit stops.  
Pf16  
Watchdog timer frequency select register  
Wf32  
Address 6016  
Wachdog timer  
1/16  
Hold request  
1/16  
Set FFF16  
Wf512  
Watchdog timer clock select bit  
Write to watchdog timer  
RESET  
FFF16 is set in the watchdog timer when “L” or 2Vcc is applied to the  
______  
STP ins
S
R
Q
RESET pin, STP instruction is executed, data is written to the watch-  
dog timer, or the most significant bit of the watchdog timer becomes  
“0”.  
After FFF16 is set in the watchdog timer, when the watchdog timer  
counts the clock source by 2048 counts, the most significant bit of  
watchdog timer becomes “0”, the watchdog timer interrupt reques
bit is set to “1”, and FFF16 is set again in the watchdog timer.  
Normally, a program is written so that data is written in the wa
timer before the most significant bit of the watchdog timer
“0”. If this routine is not executed owing to unexpected -  
ecution and others, the most significant bit of the mer  
becomes “0” and an interrupt is generated.  
Pf16  
STP return select bit  
Fig. 74 Watchdog timer block diagram  
Address  
6116  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
The microcomputer can be reset by writing “ftware re-  
set bit) of processor mode register 0 in t routine, de-  
scribed in Figure 16 in the interrupt senerating a reset  
Watchdog timer frequency  
select register  
pulse.  
0 : Wf512 or Pf512 selected  
1 : Wf32 or Pf32 selected  
______  
The watchdog timer stops its futhe RESET pin voltage  
is raised to double the Vcc voltage
This bit must be fixed to “0.”  
The watchdog timer can also be used to return from when the clock  
is stopped by the STP instruction. Refer to the section on the clock  
generating circuit for more details.  
Fig. 75 Watchdog timer frequency select register bit configuration  
The watchdog timer also becomes Hold state during Hold state and  
the clock input to it is stopped.  
61  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
RESET CIRCUIT  
INPUT/OUTPUT PINS  
______  
Reset is released when the RESET pin is returned to “H” level after  
holding it at “L” level while the supply voltage is at 5V ±10%. As the  
result, program execution starts at the address formed by setting the  
address A23–A16 to 0016, A15–A8 to the contents of address FFFF16,  
and A7–A0 to the contents of address FFFE16.  
Ports P0 to P11 all have the direction register and each bit can be  
programmed for input or output. A pin becomes an output pin when  
the corresponding bit of direction register is “1”, and an input pin  
when it is “0”.  
When a pin is programmed for output, the data is written to its port  
latch and it is output to the output pin. When a pin is programmed for  
output, the contents of the port latch is read instead of the value of  
the pin. Accordingly, a previously output value can be read correctly  
even when the output “H” voltage is lowered or the output “L” voltage  
is raised owing to an external load and others.  
Figure 76 shows the status of the internal registers during reset.  
Figure 77 shows an example of a reset circuit. When a stabilized  
clock is input from the external to the oscillation circuit, the reset in-  
put voltage must be held 0.9V or lower when the supply voltage  
reaches 4.5V. When connecting a resonator to the oscillation circuit,  
return the reset input voltage from “L” to “H” after the main-clock os-  
cillation is fully stabilized  
A pin programmed as an input pin is floating, and the value input to  
the pin can be read. When a pin is programmed as an input pin, the  
data is written only in the port latch and the pin remains floating.  
Additionally, ports P95, P54 o P57 include pull-up transistors. The  
pull-up function of ports ied with bits 7 and 6 of the particular  
function select registthe section on Interrupts for the  
pull-up function.  
Power on  
Figures 78 and ock diagrams of ports P0 to P11 in the  
single-chip output.  
4.5V  
VCC  
RESET  
VCC  
0 V  
Ports P0 nd P11 are also used as pins of address, data  
and c. Refer to the section on Processor mode for more  
de
RESET  
0 V  
0.9V  
Fig. 77 Reset circuit example (perform careful evaluation at sys
design before using)  
62  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Address  
Address  
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
)
Watchdog timer  
(
)
0416 ···  
0016  
0016  
0
6016 ···  
FFF16  
Port P0 direction register  
Port P1 direction register  
Port P2 direction register  
)
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
)
0516 ···  
Watchdog timer frequency select register  
Chip select control register  
Chip select area register  
6116 ···  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
?
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
?
)
)
0816 ···  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6216 ···  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
)
)
6316 ···  
0916 ···  
0
Port P3 direction register  
Port P4 direction register  
Port P5 direction register  
Port P6 direction register  
Port P7 direction register  
Port P8 direction register  
Port P9 direction register  
Port P10 direction register  
)
)
0C16 ···  
0016  
0016  
0016  
0016  
0016  
Comparator function select register  
Comparator result register  
6416 ···  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
?
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
)
)
0D16 ···  
6616 ···  
)
)
6816 ···  
1016 ···  
D-A register 0  
)
)
6A16 ··· 0  
1116 ···  
D-A register 1  
Particular function select register 0  
)
)
6C16 ··· 0  
1416 ···  
)
)
1516 ···  
0
0
0
0
0
0
6D16 ··· 0  
Particular function select register 1  
)
1816 ···  
0016  
0016  
0016  
0016  
0
···  
INT  
INT  
4
3
interrupt control regis
interrupt control
)
)
6F16 ··· 0  
0
1916 ···  
Port P11 direction register  
Waveform output mode register  
Pulse output data register 1  
Pulse output data register 0  
A-D control register 0  
)
)
7016 ···  
1A16 ···  
A-D interrupt co
)
)
7116 ···  
1C16 ···  
UART 0 tranl register  
)
)
1D16 ··· 0  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
?
0
0
?
1
0
?
1
7216 ···  
UART control register  
terrupt control register  
eive interrupt control register  
)
)
1E16 ··· 0  
0
0
0
0
7316 ···  
)
)
7416 ···  
A-D control register 1  
1F16 ··· 0  
)
)
7516 ···  
3016 ···  
0016  
0016  
r A0 interrupt control register  
UART 0 Transmit/Receive mode register  
UART 1 Transmit/Receive mode register  
UART 0 Transmit/Receive control register 0  
UART 1 Transmit/Receive control register 0  
UART 0 Transmit/Receive control register 1  
UART 1 Transmit/Receive control register 1  
Count start register  
)
)
7616 ···  
3816 ···  
Timer A1 interrupt control register  
Timer A2 interrupt control register  
Timer A3 interrupt control register  
Timer A4 interrupt control register  
)
)
7716 ···  
3416 ···  
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
)
)
3C16 ··· 0  
7816 ···  
)
)
3516 ···  
7916 ···  
)
3D
7A16 ···  
Timer B0 interrupt control register  
Timer B1 interrupt control register  
)
0016  
7B16 ···  
)
7C16 ···  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Timer B2 interrupt control register  
One-shot start register  
Up-down register  
)
)
16 ···  
0
0
0
7D16 ···  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
INT  
INT  
INT  
0
1
interrupt control register  
interrupt control register  
interrupt control register  
)
)
7E16 ···  
Timer A write register  
Timer A0 mode register  
Timer A1 mode register  
Timer A2 mode register  
Timer A3 mode register  
4516 ···  
)
)
7F16 ···  
5616 ···  
0016  
0016  
0016  
0016  
0016  
0
2
)
5716 ···  
0 0 0 ? ?  
Processor status register PS  
Program bank register PG  
)
5816 ···  
0016  
Program counter PC  
H
L
)
5916 ···  
Contents of FFFF16  
Contents of FFFE16  
000016  
)
Program counter PC  
5A16 ···  
Timer A4 mode register  
Timer B0 mode register  
Timer B1 mode register  
Timer B2 mode register  
Processor mode register 0  
Processor mode register 1  
)
5B16 ··· 0  
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Direct page register DPR  
Data bank register DT  
)
5C16 ··· 0  
0
0016  
)
5D16 ··· 0  
0
Contents of other registers and RAM are not initiallzed and must be in-  
itiallzed by software.  
)
5E16 ··· 0  
0 0  
)
5F16 ···  
0016  
Note : Bit 0 of chip select control register (address 6216) becomes “0” when CNVss pin level is “L”; that bit becomes “1” when the pin level is “H”.  
Fig. 76 Microcomputer internal registers status after reset  
63  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
• Port P00 to P07, P10 to P17, P20 to P23, P27, P30 to P33, P43 to P46, P100 to P107, P110 to P117 (Inside dotted-line not included)  
Port P40, P41, P47, P51, P53, P61 to P67, P86 (Inside dotted-line included)  
Direction register  
Data bus  
Port latch  
• Port P70 to P76 (Inside dotted-line not included)  
• Port P77 (Inside dotted-line included)  
Direction register  
Data bus  
Port latch  
Ana
• Port P42, P83, P87, P90 to P94 (Inside dotted-lind)  
Port P50, P52, P60, P82 (Inside dotted-line in
register  
“1”  
Output  
Da
Port latch  
• Port P54, P56  
Pull-up select  
Direction register  
Port latch  
“1”  
Output  
Data bus  
_
Fig. 78 Block diagram for ports P0 to P11 in single-chip mode and E output (1)  
64  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Pull-up select  
• Port P55, P57, P95  
Direction register  
Data bus  
Port latch  
Port P80 (Inside dotted-line not included.)  
Port P84 (Inside dotted-line included.)  
“1”  
“0”  
Direction register  
Port latch  
Output  
Data bus  
TSi  
alog output  
Enable D-A output  
• Port P81, P85  
“1”  
“0”  
Direction register  
Port latch  
Output  
us  
_
• E  
Hold  
acknowledge  
_
Fig. 79 Block diagram for ports P0 to P11 in single-chip mode and E output (2)  
65  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
CLOCK GENERATING CIRCUIT  
The clock generating circuit makes basic clocks, which activate the  
central processing unit (CPU), bus interface unit (BIU) and internal  
peripheral devices, of an oscillation circuit output. Figure 82 shows  
the block diagram of the clock generating circuit.  
XIN  
XOUT  
The clock source φ 1 to activate internal peripheral devices, the clock  
source φ BIU to activate the bus interface unit and the clock source  
φ CPU to activate the CPU are made of an clock input to the XIN pin.  
When bit 6 (clock source select bit) of processor mode register 1 is  
“0”, the clock which is obtained by dividing an input clock to the XIN  
pin by 2 becomes the clock source φ 1. When bit 6 is “1”, the clock  
which is an input clock to the XIN pin becomes the clock source φ 1  
as it is. When bit 2 (clock source for peripheral devices select bit) is  
“0”, the clock source φ 1 which is more divided by 2 becomes the  
standard clock for peripheral devices. When bit 2 is “1”, the clock  
source φ 1 becomes the standard clock for peripheral devices as it  
is.  
Rf  
Rd  
COUT  
CIN  
Fig. 80 Circuit example mic (or quartz crystal) resonator  
The standard clock is more divided with the division circuit shown in  
Figure 82 and the clocks having all kinds of frequencies are made.  
Each internal peripheral device can select one of 4 clocks, Pf2, Pf16,  
Pf64 and Pf512, and use it.  
Pf2 means f(XIN), which is an oscillation circuit’s frequency, divided  
by 2 when the clock source for peripheral devices select bit is “1”. It  
means f(XIN) divided by 4 when that bit is “0”. In the case of φ 1 > 12.5  
MHz, fix the bit to “0”.  
XIN  
XOUT  
Open  
Figure 80 shows a circuit example using a ceramic (or quartz crys
tal) resonator. Use the manufactures’ recommended values for
stants such as capacitance which differs for each resonator.  
Figure 81 shows a circuit example inputting clocks extern
inputting clocks externally, setting bit 1 (clock externt  
bit) of particular function select register 0 (in Figure akes  
operation of the clock oscillation circuit stop, thaT output  
stays at “H”, and the current consumption re
External clock source  
Vcc  
Vss  
Fig. 81 Circuit example inputting clocks externally  
66  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Fig. 82 Clock generating circuit block diagram  
67  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
Address  
6C16  
Particular function select register 0  
This bit must be fixed to “0.”  
External clock input select bit (Notes 1, 2)  
0 : Actuated oscillation circuit; connecting resonator  
1 : Stopped oscillation circuit; inputting externaly genarated clock  
Memory allocation select bit (Note 2)  
0 : ROM 60 Kbytes, RAM 2048 Bytes  
(
)
ROM : 00100016 to 00FFFF16, RAM : 00008016 to 00087F16  
1 : ROM 56 Kbytes, RAM 2048 Bytes  
(
)
ROM:00200016 to 00FFFF16, RAM:00008016 to 00087F16  
Standby state select bit 0 (Notes 1, 3)  
; in execution of WIT or STP instruction in memansion  
or microprocessor mode  
0 : External bus for P0 to P3, P10, P11  
1 : Port Input/Output for P0 to P3, P10
Standby state select bit 1 (Note
; in execution of WIT or STP
0 : “H” or “L” output for pi
1 : “H” output for pins
STP rerurn sel
0 : Wachdowhen returning from Stop mode.  
1 : Wacot used when returning from Stop mode ; the maicrocompnuter returns  
at
Notes 1 : After the expansion function selecrticular function select register 1; Figure 62) is “1”,  
bits 1, 5 and 6 can be written a
2 : To set bits 1 and 2, continuooperations to address 6C16 are required.  
3 : When BYTE = “H” (8-bit eth), P11 becomes an input/output port independent of bit 5’s contents.  
4 : When the signal output bit = “1” and bit 5 = “1”, the E/RD pin outputs “L” independent of bit 6’s contents  
in execution of WIT ion.  
Fig. 83 Particular function select reonfigulation  
68  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
STANDBY FUNCTION  
STP instruction  
The WIT and the STP instructions make the microcomputer standby  
When the STP instruction is executed, the oscillation circuit is  
stopped and the clock sources φ 1, φ BIU and φ CPU are at “L”. Fur-  
thermore, “FFF16” is automatically set into the watchdog timer, and  
its clock source is forced to connect with Wf32 when the watchdog  
timer clock select bit = “0”, or Pf32 when the bit = “1”. This connection  
is cut off when the most significant bit of the watchdog timer be-  
comes “0” or the microcomputer is reset, and the clock source is con-  
nected with the input depending on the contents of the watchdog  
timer frequency select register and the watchdog timer clock select  
bit. In STP state, all of the internal peripheral devices and the watch-  
dog timer which use divided clocks Pf2 to Pf512, Wf32, and Wf512 are  
stopped.  
state.  
Table 7 shows the relation between standby state and each block’s  
operation.  
The WIT/STP state is terminated by interrupt acceptance or reset.  
Accordingly, it is necessary to prepare the state in which any inter-  
rupt can be accepted before the WIT/STP instruction is executed.  
WIT instruction  
When the WIT instruction is executed with the internal clock stop  
select bit at WIT (bit 2 of particular function select register 1; Figure  
62) = “0”, the clock sources φ BIU and φ CPU are stopped at “L”, how-  
ever, the oscillation circuit, the clock source φ 1, and the divided  
clocks Pf2 to Pf512, Wf32, Wf512 are not stopped. Accordingly, al-  
though the CPU and bus interface unit stop operation, internal pe-  
ripheral devices which use these divided clocks can operate even at  
WIT state.  
The STP state is terminated by reset or interrupt request accep-  
tance, and then oscillation is restarted. At the same time, supply of  
the clock source φ 1 and dlocks Pf2 to Pf512, Wf32 and Wf512  
is restarted.  
In that condition, wreturn select bit (bit 7 of particular  
function select “0”, the clock sources φ BIU and φ CPU  
stop at “L” st significant bit of the watchdog timer  
decremeded clock Pf32 or Wf32 becomes “0”. However,  
supplsources φ BIU and φ CPU is restarted immediately  
afttion restarts by reset. Accordingly, in this case, wait  
ime to stabilize the oscillation before the reset input of  
Otherwise, when the WIT instruction is executed with the internal  
clock stop select bit at WIT = “1”, the oscillation circuit is not stopped,  
however, the clock source φ 1, divided clocks, and the clock sources  
φ BIU and φ CPU are stopped. Accordingly, in this case, all of the inter-  
nal peripheral devices and the watchdog timer which use divided  
clocks Pf2 to Pf512, Wf32, and Wf512 are stopped.  
When internal peripheral devices are not used in WIT state, the lat-  
ter state (internal clock stop select bit at WIT = “1”) is more effectiv
to reduce current consumption.  
wise in that condition, when the STP return select bit is “1”,  
pply of the clock sources φ BIU and φ CPU is restarted at the timing  
of the divided clock Pf16’s “H” to “L” after the oscillation restarts. This  
function makes it possible to immediately return from STP state  
when the clock supply input to the XIN from the external is stabilized.  
Even though clocks are input from the external, make sure to clear  
the STP return select bit to “0” if the external clock is unstable for a  
short time when returning from STP state  
Make sure to set the internal clock stop select bit at WIT to “1
diately before the WIT instruction execution and clear th
immediately after the WIT state is terminated.  
The WIT state is terminated when an interrupt reqted,  
and the internal clock φ operation is restarted. cessing  
can immediately be executed because oscils operation  
is not stopped during WIT state.  
Table 7 Relation between standeach block’s operation.  
Operation at WIT/STP state  
Internal peripheral devices  
Internal clock  
Instruction  
stop bit at WIT  
Oscillation  
circuit  
φ 1  
Pf2 to Pf512  
Wf2, Wf512  
φ BIU, φ CPU  
using Pf2 to Pf512, Wf32,  
Wf512  
Operating  
(Note 1)  
Operating  
Operating  
Operating  
(Note 2)  
Stopped  
(“L”)  
Operation enabled  
(Watchdog timer operating)  
“0”  
“1”  
WIT  
STP  
Operating  
(Note 1)  
Stopped  
(“L”)  
Stopped  
(“H”)  
Stopped  
(“H”)  
Stopped  
(“L”)  
Operation disabled  
(Watchdog timer stopped)  
Stopped  
(“L”)  
Stopped  
(“H”)  
Stopped  
(“H”)  
Stopped  
(“L”)  
Operation disabled  
(Watchdog timer stopped)  
Stopped  
Notes 1 : When the clock external input select bit is “1”, the clock oscillation circuit stops. An external clock can be input.  
2 : When the watchdog timer clock select bit is “1”, Wf32 and Wf512 stop. The watchdog timer operates with Pf32 or Pf512.  
69  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Bus cycle in WIT/STP  
direction register and port latch in WIT/STP state like ports in single-  
When the WIT/STP instruction is executed with the standby state se-  
lect bit 1 (bit 6 of particular function select register 0) = “0”, the clock  
sources φ BIU and φ CPU or oscillation stop without waiting for  
completion of the bus cycle being executed. Accordingly, the micro-  
computer may enter WIT/STP state during bus access in which out-  
chip mode. That is, when setting arbitrary data to the port latch and  
the contents of direction register to “1”, that data is output from the  
pin; when clearing the contents of direction register to “0”, the pin  
becomes floating. This function makes the external bus arbitrary  
state in WIT/STP state. When making pins floating, take consider-  
ation with an external circuit to prevent their electric potential from  
becoming half level of the electric potential.  
_ ___  
___  
put of pins E, RD and WR is “L”.  
Otherwise, when the WIT/STP instruction is executed with the  
standby state select bit 1 = “1”, the clock sources φ BIU and φ CPU or  
oscillation stop after completion of read or write in the bus access  
cycle being executed. Consequently, in WIT/STP state, the bus be-  
When writing to registers relevant to ports P0 to P3, P10, P11 in the  
memory expansion/microprocessor mode, set the standby state se-  
lect bit 0 to “1” before that write. If that bit is “0”, write is impossible,  
because addresses corresponding to registers relevant to ports P0  
to P3, P10, P11, which are addresses 216 to 916, 1616 to 1916, are  
the external memory areas shown in Figure 86.  
_ ___  
___  
comes the nonaccess state in which output of pins E, RD and WR is  
“H”.  
[Note]  
Bus state in WIT/STP  
Port P11 functions as a/output port regardless of processor  
modes when inputtinYTE pin.  
Normally, pins for the address output, data input/output and bus  
control signal output in the memory expansion/microprocessor mode  
(ports P0 to P3, P10, P11 in single-chip mode; refer to section on  
Processor mode) retain the state as external bus pins when the  
clock sources φ BIU and φ CPU stop in WIT/STP state.  
___  
The RD pin starily be selected in WIT/STP state in the  
memory exoprocessor mode, too. Refer to the Table 8  
for deta
However, when the WIT/STP instruction is executed with the  
standby state select bit 0 (bit 5 of particular function select register  
0) = “1”, those pins function depending on the contents of each port  
Note ction of arbitrary data output cannot be emulated  
uger.  
Table 8 Signal output disable select bit function (bit 4 of particulelect register 1; Figure 62)  
Function  
Processor mode  
Pin  
Signal e select bit = “0”  
Signal output disable select bit = “1”  
Outputs l E.  
_ ___  
Outputs “L”.  
Single-chip mode  
E/RD  
___ ___  
___ ___  
Outwhen accessing internal/  
ery area.  
Outputs RD/WR when accessing external  
memory area only.  
RD, WR  
” or “L” after executing WIT/STP  
on  
Outputs “H” or “L” after executing WIT/STP  
instruction.  
___  
RD  
uts “H” when standby state select bit 1 is  
”.  
Outputs “L” when standby state select bit 0 is  
“1”.  
Memory expansion mode  
Microprocessor mode  
Outputs “H” when standby state select bit 1 is  
“1” and standby state select bit 0 is “0.”  
Outputs “L” when multiplex bus select bit =  
“0”.  
Outputs ALE.  
ALE  
Outputs ALE when multiplex bus select bit =  
“1”.  
Outputs clock φ 1 regardless of φ 1 output  
select bit.  
Outputs contents of port P42 latch; necessary  
to set its direction register bit to “1”.  
φ 1  
Microprocessor mode  
Note : All functions of signal output disable select bit cannot be debugged using an debugger.  
70  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
PROCESSOR MODE  
• BYTE pin  
Bits 0 and 1 of processor mode register 0 (address 5E16) shown in  
Figure 84 are used to select any mode of the single-chip mode, the  
memory expansion mode and the microprocessor mode.  
Ports P0 to P3, P10, P11 and a part of port P4 are used as I/O pins  
of address, data, and control signals in the modes except the single-  
chip mode.  
When accessing the external memory, the level of the BYTE pin is  
used to determine whether to use the data bus as 8-bit width or 16-  
bit width.  
The data bus has a width of 16 bits when the level of the BYTE pin is  
“L”, and ports P10 and P11 become the data I/O pins.  
The data bus has a width of 8 bits when level of the BYTE pin is “H”,  
and port P10 becomes data I/O pins. Port P11 functions then as an  
input/output port similarly in the single-chip mode.  
Figure 85 shows the functions of ports P0 to P4, P10 and P11 in  
each mode.  
The external memory area depends on the mode. Figure 86 shows  
the memory map for each mode. Refer to Figure 1 for the addresses  
of RAM and ROM in the single-chip mode. The external memory  
area can be accessed in the modes except the single-chip mode.  
The access to the external memory is affected by the BYTE pin  
When accessing the internal memory, the data bus always has a  
width of 16 bits regardless of the BYTE pin level.  
A
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Processor mode register 0 
Processor mode bits  
0 0 : Single-chip m
0 1 : Memory e
1 0 : Micropr
1 1 : Do n
Intercess bus cycle select bit (Note)  
; y access condition in high-speed running  
s for internal RAM; 3-φ access for internal ROM and SFR  
cess for internal RAM, internal ROM and SFR  
are reset bit  
set occurs when writing “1” to this bit  
Interrupt priority detection time select bit  
0 0 : Select case 0 shown in Figure 13  
0 1 : Select case 1 shown in Figure 13  
1 0 : Select case 2 shown in Figure 13  
Test mode bit  
This bit must be fixed to “0.”  
Clock φ1 output select bit  
0 : No φ1 output  
1 : φ1 output  
Note : Clear bit 2 to “0” in low-speed running.  
Fig. 84 Processor mode register 0 bit configuration  
71  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
1
PM1  
PM0  
0
0
0
1
0
Port  
Microprocessor mode (Note 1)  
Mode  
Single-chip mode  
Memory expansion mode (Note 1)  
E/RD  
Same as left  
Same as left  
(Note 1)  
RD  
(Note 2)  
E
E/RD  
E
E/RD  
E
Port P0  
Port P1  
Port P2  
P00  
to  
P27  
P00  
to  
P27  
I/O port  
Address A0 to A19,A23  
E
BYTE = “L”  
Same as left  
Same as left  
P100  
to  
P107  
Data (even)  
E
P100  
to  
P107  
• Condition except following  
E
I/O port  
Port  
P10  
P100  
to  
P107  
D
(
BYTE = “H”  
• When multiplex bus seld  
___  
accessing CS4 area  
E
Same as left  
P100  
to  
Data  
P107  
o LA7 (odd, even)  
E
Same as left  
Same as left  
BYTE = “L”  
BYTE = “H”  
P117  
Data (odd)  
I/O port  
Port  
P11  
P110  
to  
P117  
I/O port  
P110  
to  
P117  
E
E
P30  
P31  
(Note 2)  
WR  
BHE  
Same as left  
Port P3  
P30  
to  
P33  
I/O port  
ALE  
HLDA  
P32  
P33  
E
E
P40  
to  
P40  
P41  
input  
HOLD  
I/O port  
Clock φ1 is output from P42 regardless of  
bit 7 of processor mode register 0 ; others  
are the same as left (Note 2)  
P47  
input  
RDY  
Port P4  
Clock φ 1 is output from P42 when bit 7 of  
processor mode register 0 is “1”.  
P42  
to  
P47  
I/O port  
Clock φ 1 is output from P42 when bit 7 of  
processor mode register 0 is “1.”  
Fig. 85 Processor modes and ports P0 to P4, P10 and P11  
__  
Notes 1 : E signal is not output in the memory expansion and microprocessor modes.  
__  
2 : The signal output stop disable bit (bit 4 of particular function select register 0) can stop E output in the single-chip mode and φ1 output in the micro-  
___ ___  
processor mode. Similarly, when accessing the internal memory in the memory expansion and microprocessor modes, RD and WR output can be  
fixed to “H”. Refer to Table 8 for details.  
72  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Processor modes are explained bellow.  
follows during the bus cycle in which the external memory area cor-  
___  
responding to the chip select CS4 are accessed:  
•Output pins of addresses LA0 to LA7, same as low-order addresses  
___ ___  
A0 to A7, during “H” of RD or WR.  
___  
Memory expansion  
mode  
216 to 916  
1616 to 1916  
SFR  
Microprocessor  
mode  
•Data input/output pins at even and odd addresses during “L” of RD  
___  
or WR.  
That is, it functions as a multiplex bus during that bus cycle.  
Port P11 has two functions depending on the level of the BYTE pin.  
When the BYTE pin level is “L”, those pins function as data D8 to D15  
I/O pins at an odd address. The I/O port function is lost. However, if  
an internal memory area is read, external data is not input. When the  
BYTE pin level is “H”, port P11 functions as a programmable port  
P11 similarly in the single-chip mode.  
SFR  
8016  
RAM  
RAM  
___ ____  
_____  
Ports P30, P31, P32, and P33 become WR, BHE, ALE, and HLDA  
ROM  
output pins respectively and ose their I/O port functions.  
___  
WR is a write signal whictes a write when it is “L”.  
____  
BHE is a byte-high-ewhich indicates that an odd ad-  
dress is accessed .  
Therefore, two n and odd addresses are accessed si-  
____  
multaneousess A0 is “L” and BHE is “L”.  
ALE is ach-enable signal. The latch is open while ALE  
is “H”ddress signal passes through; the address is held  
FFFFFF16  
w”.  
_
hold-acknowledge signal and is used to indicate to the  
_____  
The shaded area is the external memory area.  
that the microcomputer accepts HOLD input and enters  
state.  
_____  
____  
Fig. 86 External memory area for each mode  
orts P40 and P41 become HOLD and RDY input pins, respectively,  
and their I/O port function are lost.  
_____  
HOLD is a hold-request signal. It is an input signal used to make the  
_____  
(1) Single-chip mode [00]  
microcomputer enter Hold state. HOLD input is accepted when the  
φ BIU has fallen from “H” to “L” level while the bus is not used. In Hold  
state, φ CPU stops at “L”. A0 to A19, A23, D0 to D7, D8 to D15 (at BYTE  
The microcomputer enters the single-chip mode by he  
CNVss pin to Vss and starting from reset. Ports 0 and  
P11 all function as normal I/O ports. Port Put clock  
source φ 1 by setting bit 7 of the processor r 0 to “1”.  
___ ___  
____  
= “L”), RD, WR and BHE become floating then. These pins become  
_____  
_
_
floating one cycle of φ BIU later than HLDA signal becomes “L” level.  
In this mode, enable signal E is output f. Signal E out-  
put can be stopped by setting the sigsable select bit (bit  
4 of particular function select reg”, and it is possible to  
switch the output to “L” level. Tablthe function of the signal  
output disable select bit’s function.  
When terminating Hold state, these pins are terminated from floating  
_____  
state one cycle of φ BIU later than HLDA signal becomes “H” level.  
____  
RDY is a ready signal. When this signal goes “L”, φ CPU and φ BIU  
____  
stop at “L”. RDY is used when a slow external memory is connected  
and others.  
Port P42 becomes a normal I/O port when bit 7 of the processor  
mode register 0 is “0” and becomes the clock φ 1 output pin when bit  
(2) Memory expansion mode [01]  
The microcomputer enters the memory expansion mode by setting  
the processor mode bits to “01” after connecting the CNVss pin to  
Vss and starting from reset.  
____  
7 is “1”. The φ 1 output is independent of RDY and does not stop  
____  
even when φ CPU and φ BIU stop owing to “L” input to the RDY pin.  
_ __  
___  
___  
Pin E/RD becomes the RD output pin. RD is an read signal, and read  
is performed during it is “L” level. When the internal memory area is  
___  
read, the RD output can be fixed to “H” by setting the signal output  
disable select bit to “1”.  
Ports P0, P1 and P2 become the output pins of addresses A0 to A19  
and A23, and their I/O port function are lost.  
Port P10 becomes I/O pins of data D0 to D7 and loses its I/O port  
function. When the BYTE pin’s level is “L”, those pins function as  
data I/O pins at an even address. When the level is “H”, those pins  
function as data I/O pins at even and odd addresses. However, if an  
internal memory area is read, external data is not input  
When the BYTE pin’s level is “H” and the multiplex bus select bit (bit  
5 of chip select area register; Figure 88) is “1”, port P10 functions as  
73  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(3) Microprocessor mode [10]  
Table 9. Relationship between CNVSS pin’s input levels and proces-  
The microcomputer enters the microprocessor mode by connecting  
the CNVss pin to Vcc and starting from reset. It is possible to enter  
this mode by programming the processor mode bits to “10” after con-  
necting the CNVss pin to Vss and starting from reset. This mode is  
the same as the memory expansion mode except the following: the  
internal ROM is disabled and an external memory is required, and  
clock φ 1 is always output from port P42 independent of bit 7 of the  
processor mode register 0.  
sor modes  
CNVSS  
Mode  
• Single-chip  
• Memory expansion  
• Microprocessor  
Description  
Single-chip mode upon start-  
ing after reset. Each mode  
can be selected by changing  
the processor mode bits by  
software.  
VSS  
Microprocessor mode upon  
starting after reset.  
• Microprocessor  
VCC  
As shown in Table 8, φ 1 output can also be stopped by setting the  
signal output disable select bit to “1”. In this case, write “1” to the port  
P42 direction register bit.  
Table 9 shows the relationship between the CNVss pin’s input level  
and the processor modes.  
___  
___  
Additionally, addresses A20 to A22 or chip select signals CS0 to CS4  
can be output from port P9 regardless of processor modes. For de-  
tails, refer to the following sections: output function of chip select sig-  
nal and address output function.  
74  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
OUTPUT FUNCTION OF CHIP SELECT SIGNAL  
___  
___  
Ports P90 to P94 can output the chip select signals CS0 to CS4 ac-  
cording to the contents of chip select control register and chip select  
area register. Bits 0 to 3 of chip select control register select either  
chip select output (or addresses A20 to A22 output) or port function.  
Additionally, bits 0 to 2 of chip select area register select the area in-  
tended for each chip select signal.  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Address  
Chip select control register 6216  
CS  
CS  
CS  
CS  
0
function select bit (Note 1)  
: Port P9 function  
: CS output  
0
1
0
0
1
, CS2 function select bit (Note 2)  
: Port P9 , P9 function  
: CS1, CS output or A20, A21 output  
0
1
1
2
2
Figure 87 shows the bit configuration of chip select control register  
and Figure 88 shows that of chip select area register. Figure 89  
shows the chip select areas.  
3
function select bit (Note 2)  
: Port P9 function  
: CS output or A22 output  
0
1
3
3
___  
___  
The bus cycle of CS3 and CS4 can be selected with bits 4 to 7 of chip  
select control register. That selection is valid regardless of the bus  
cycle select bits of processor mode register 1. Additionally, that bus  
4
function select bit  
: Port P9 function  
: CS output  
0
1
4
4
___  
___  
CS  
3
bus cycle select bits  
cycle selection of CS3 and CS4 is valid when selecting port function  
___ ___  
b5 b4 In high-speed In low-speed  
with the CS3 and CS4 function select bits.  
0
1
: 5-φ access  
: 4-φ access  
: 3-φ access  
Do not select.  
4-φ access  
3-φ access  
When accessing addresses in which the chip select area specified  
by bits 0 to 2 of chip select area register and the internal memory  
area overlap one another, chip select signals are not output. In this  
case, its bus cycle is the cycle of internal memory area access.  
It is possible to make the chip select output floating during Hold  
state. That is realized by clearing the corresponding bit of port P9  
direction register (address 1516) to “0” and bits 0 to 2 of waveform  
output mode register (address 1A16) to “000”. The timing of Hold  
start and termination is the same as that of addresses A0 to A19. (Re-  
fer to section on processor mode.)  
: Do not select. 2-φ access  
S  
4
bus cycle select bits  
b7 b6 In high-speed In low-speed  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
: 5-φ access  
: 4-φ access  
: 3-φ access  
Do not select.  
4-φ access  
3-φ access  
: Do not select. 2-φ access  
et, bit 0 becomes “0” when the CNVss pin’s level is “L”;  
0 becomes “1” when the CNVss pin’s level is “H”.  
its 6 and 7 of chip select area register (address 6316) specify  
whether the chip select signal or address is output.  
ADDRESS OUTPUT FUNCTION  
Fig. 87 Chip select control register bit configuration  
Port P91 to P93 can output the high-order addresses (A20
cording to bits 1 and 2 of chip select control register, a7  
of chip select area register.  
___  
___  
___  
About signal pairs of A20 and CS1, A21 and CSnd CS3,  
___  
only one signal can be output. It is because ignals CS1  
___  
to CS3 output are common to ports P91 tdresses A20 to  
A22 output.  
It is possible to make the address ng during Hold state.  
That is realized by clearing the cog bit of port P9 direction  
register (address 1516) to “0” and 0 to 2 of waveform output  
mode register (address 1A16) to “000”. The timing of Hold start and  
termination is the same as that of addressesA0 to A19. (Refer to sec-  
tion on processor mode.)  
75  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Address  
Chip select area register  
6316  
Chip select area switch bits (Notes 1, 2)  
000 : CS0 00100016 to 02FFFF16 (188 Kbytes)  
CS1 03000016 to 04FFFF16 (128 Kbytes)  
CS2 05000016 to 06FFFF16 (128 Kbytes)  
CS3 00088016 to 000DFF16 (1408 bytes)  
CS4 000E0016 to 000FFF16 (512 bytes)  
001 : CS0 00800016 to 02FFFF16 (160 Kbytes)  
CS1 03000016 to 04FFFF16 (128 Kbytes)  
CS2 05000016 to 06FFFF16 (128 Kbytes)  
CS3 00088016 to 000FFF16 (1920 bytes)  
CS4 00100016 to 007FFF16 (28 Kbyt)  
010 : CS0 00100016 to 02FFFF16 (188 K
CS1 03000016 to 04FFFF16 (1
CS2 05000016 to 06FFFF16
CS3 07000016 to 077FFF)  
CS4 07800016 to 07Ftes)  
011 : CS0 00800016 to 0Kbytes)  
CS1 03000016 t28 Kbytes)  
CS2 0500001(128 Kbytes)  
CS3 070016 (32 Kbytes)  
CS4 07FFF16 (32 Kbytes)  
100 : CS0 2FFFF16 (190 Kbytes)  
Co 04FFFF16 (128 Kbytes)  
16 to 06FFFF16 (128 Kbytes)  
0016 to 3FFFFF16 (3.5 Mbytes)  
7000016 to 07FFFF16 (64 Kbytes)  
00088016 to 02FFFF16 (190 Kbytes)  
CS1 03000016 to 04FFFF16 (128 Kbytes)  
CS2 05000016 to 06FFFF16 (128 Kbytes)  
CS3 07000016 to 07FFFF16 (64 Kbytes)  
CS4 08000016 to 7FFFFF16 (7.5 Mbytes)  
110 : CS0 00088016 to 06FFFF16 (446 Kbytes)  
CS1 , CS2 Not available  
CS3 08000016 to 3FFFFF16 (3.5 Mbytes)  
CS4 07000016 to 07FFFF16 (64 Kbytes)  
111 : CS0 00088016 to 06FFFF16 (446 Kbytes)  
CS1 , CS2 Not available  
CS3 07000016 to 07FFFF16 (64 Kbytes)  
CS4 08000016 to 7FFFFF16 (7.5 Mbytes)  
Multiplex bus select bit (Note 1)  
0 : D0 to D7 input/output (separate bus)  
1 : When BYTE pin input is “H” and accessing CS4 area  
LA0/D0 to LA7/D7 input/output (multiplex bus)  
In condition except above  
D0 to D7 input/output (separate bus)  
Expansion address output select bits (Notes 1, 3)  
0 0 : P91.... CS1 output, P92...CS2 output, P93...CS3 output  
0 1 : P91.... A20 output, P92...CS2 output, P93...CS3 output  
1 0 : P91.... A20 output, P92...A21 output, P93...CS3 output  
1 1 : P91.... A20 output, P92...A21 output, P93...A22 output  
Notes 1 : When the expansion function select bit (bit 5 of particular function select register 1; Figure 62) is “1”,  
bits 2, 5, 6 and 7 can be written and changed.  
2 : When accessing the internal memory area, CSi is not output. When only accessing the external area, CSi output is valid.  
3 : Select function of bits 6 and 7 is valid when both the CS1, CS2 function select bit and the CS3 function select bit (chip  
select control register) are “1”.  
Fig. 88 Chip select area register bit configuration  
76  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Fig. 89 Chip select areas  
77  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
MEMORY MODIFICATION FUNCTION  
When ordering a mask ROM, Mitsubishi Electric corp. produces the  
The M37754M8C-XXXGP’s internal memory size and address area  
can be modified by set of bit 2 (memory allocation select bit) of the  
particular function select register 0. Figure 90 shows the memory al-  
location when modifying the internal memory area.  
mask ROM using the data within 60 Kbytes (between addresses  
00100016 to 00FFFF16). It is regardless of the selected ROM size  
(refer to MASK ROM ORDER CONFIRMATION FORM). Therefore,  
on the EPROM tendered for ordering a mask ROM, program data  
“FF16” to addresses which correspond to the area out of the selected  
ROM area.  
Additionally, address 00FFFF16 of the microcomputer corresponds  
to the lowest address of the tendered EPROM.  
Memory allocation select bit = “1”  
ROM size : 56 Kbytes  
Memory allocation select bit = “0”  
ROM size : 60 Kbytes  
RAM size : 2048 bytes  
RAM size : 2048 bytes  
00 000016  
00 008016  
00 087F16  
00 000016  
00 008016  
00 087F16  
SFR  
SFR  
Internal RAM 2048 bytes  
Internal RAM 2048 bytes  
00 100016  
00 200016  
00 FFFF16  
Internal ROM  
60 Kbytes  
Internal ROM  
56 Kbytes  
00 FFFF16  
External memory area  
ory area  
Note : The internal ROM area becomes external memory area  
in microprocessor mode.  
FF FFFF16  
16  
Fig. 90 Memory allocation when ernal memory area with memory allocation select bit  
78  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
ADDRESSING MODES AND INSTRUCTION SET  
The M37754M8C-XXXGP and M37754M8C-XXXHP have 29 pow-  
erful addressing modes; 1 addressing mode is added to the basis of  
the 7700 series. Refer to the “7751 Series Software Manual” for the  
details.  
INSTRUCTION SET  
The M37754M8C-XXXGP and M37754M8C-XXXHP have the ex-  
tended instruction set; 6 instructions are added to the instruction set  
of 7700 series. The object code of this extended instruction set is  
upwards compatible to that of 7700 series instruction set.  
Refer to the “7751 Series Software Manual” for the details.  
SHORTENING NUMBER OF INSTRUCTION  
EXECUTION CYCLES  
Shortening number of instruction execution cycles is realized in the  
M37754M8C-XXXGP and M37754M8C-XXXHP owing to modifica-  
tions of the instruction execution algorithm and the CPU circuit, and  
others.  
Refer to the “7751 Series Software Manual” about the number of in-  
struction execution cycles.  
DATA REQUIRED FOR MASK ROM ORDERING  
Please send the following data for mask orders:  
<M37754M8C-XXXGP>  
(1) M37754M8C-XXXGP mask ROM order confirmation
(2) 100P6S mark specification form  
(3) ROM data (EPROM 3 sets)  
<M37754M8C-XXXHP>  
(1) M37754M8C-XXXHP mask ROM ordon form  
(2) 100P6Q mark specification form  
(3) ROM data (EPROM 3 sets)  
79  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS  
Ratings  
–0.3 to 7  
–0.3 to 7  
–0.3 to 12  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
V
VCC  
AVCC  
VI  
Power source voltage  
Analog power source voltage  
V
Input voltage RESET, CNVSS, BYTE  
V
Input voltage P00–P07, P10–P17, P20–P23, P27, P30–P33, P40–P47,  
P50–P57, P60–P67, P70–P77, P80–P87, P90–P95,  
P100–P107, P110–P117, VREF, XIN  
VI  
V
V
–0.3 to VCC+0.3  
–0.3 to VCC+0.3  
Output voltage P00–P07, P10–P17, P20–P23, P27, P30–P33, P40–P47,  
P50–P57, P60–P67, P70–P77, P80–P87, P90–P95,  
P100–P107, P110–P117, XOUT, E  
VO  
Power dissipation  
Pd  
300  
mW  
°C  
Operating temperature  
Storage temerature  
Topr  
Tstg  
–20 to 85  
–40 to 150  
°C  
RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS (Vcc = 5 V±10 %, Ta = 20 to s otherwise noted)  
Limits  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
in.  
4.5  
Max.  
5.5  
Typ.  
5.0  
VCC  
0
V
V
V
V
VCC  
Supply voltage  
AVCC  
VSS  
Analog supply voltage  
Supply voltage  
0
AVSS  
Analog supply voltage  
High-level input voltage P00–P07, P10–P17, P20–P23, P27, 0–P47,  
P50–P57, P60–P67, P70–P77, P8P95, XIN,  
RESET, CNVSS, BYTE  
0.8 VCC  
VIH  
VCC  
V
______  
VCC  
VCC  
0.8 VCC  
0.5 VCC  
V
V
VIH  
VIH  
High-level input voltage P100–P107, P110–P117 (in mode)  
High-level input voltage P100–P107, P110–P117  
(in memory expansiomicroprocessor mode)  
Low-level input voltage P00–P07, P10–P1P27, P30–P33, P40–P47,  
VIL  
P50–P57, P607, P80–P87, P90–P95, XIN,  
0
V
0.2 VCC  
______  
RESET, CNV
VIL  
VIL  
Low-level input voltage P100–P107 (in single-chip mode)  
0
0
0.2 VCC  
V
V
Low-level input voltage P100117  
0.16 VCC  
(in mnsion mode and microprocessor mode)  
High-level peak output curre
P10  
P1  
0
P1  
P6  
7
, P2  
, P7  
P11  
0
P2  
P7  
3
, P2  
7
, P3  
P8  
0
, P9  
P3  
3
, P4  
P9  
0
, P9  
P4  
7,  
5,  
IOH(peak)  
7, P6  
0–  
7
0–  
7, P8  
0–  
7
0–  
2
–10  
–20  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
–  
7, P11  
0
7
P93, P94  
IOH(peak)  
IOH(avg)  
High-level average outprent P0  
P5  
0
P0  
P5  
7, P1  
0
P1  
P6  
7
, P2  
, P7  
P11  
0
P2  
P7  
3, P2  
7, P3  
0–  
P3  
3, P4  
0–  
P4  
7,  
5,  
0–  
7, P6  
0–  
7
0–  
7, P8  
0–  
P8  
7, P9  
0–  
P9  
2, P9  
–5  
–15  
10  
P10  
0–  
P10  
7
, P11  
0
7
IOH(avg)  
IOL(peak)  
P93, P94  
Low-level peak output current P0  
P5  
0
P0  
P5  
P10  
7
, P1  
0
P1  
P6  
7
, P2  
, P7  
P11  
0
P2  
P7  
3
, P2  
7
, P3  
0
7
P3  
3
, P4  
0P47,  
5,  
4–  
7, P6  
0–  
7
0–  
7, P8  
0–  
P8  
, P9  
0, P9  
mA  
P10  
0–  
7, P11  
0–  
7
IOL(peak)  
IOL(avg)  
P50–P53, P91–P94  
Low-level average output current P0  
P5  
20  
5
mA  
mA  
0
P0  
P5  
P10  
7
, P1  
, P6  
, P11  
0
P6  
P1  
7
, P2  
, P7  
P11  
0
P2  
P7  
3
, P2  
7
, P3  
P8  
0
, P9  
P3  
3
, P4  
0P47,  
5,  
4
7
0
7
0–  
7, P8  
0–  
7
0, P9  
P10  
0
7
0
7
mA  
IOL(avg)  
f(XIN)  
15  
25  
40  
P50–P53,P91–P94  
External clock frequency input (Note 3)  
Low-speed running  
High-speed running  
MHz  
Notes 1: Average output current is the averaage value of a 100 ms interval.  
2: The sum of IOL(peak) for ports P0, P1, P2, P3, P8, P10, and P11 must be 80 mA or less, the sum of IOH(peak) for ports P0, P1, P2,  
P3, P8, P10, and P11 must be 80 mA or less, the sum of IOL(peak) for ports P4, P5, P6, P7, and P9 must be 110 mA or less, the  
sum of IOH(peak) for ports P4, P5, P6, P7, and P9 must be 80 mA or less.  
3: When the clock source select bit is “1,” f(XIN)’s maximum limit is 12.5 MHz at low-speed running and is 20 MHz at high-speed  
running.  
80  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vcc = 5 V, Vss = 0 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °C, f(XIN) = 40 MHz (Note))  
Limits  
Typ.  
Symbol  
Test conditions  
Parameter  
Unit  
V
Max.  
Min.  
3.4  
High-level output voltage P0  
P2  
P5  
P8  
0
–P0  
7
, P1  
0
3
–P1  
, P4  
–P6  
–P9  
, P11 P11  
7
0
7
2
, P2  
–P4  
, P7  
, P9  
0–P23,  
7
, P3  
1
, P3  
7,  
VOH  
IOH = –10 mA  
0–P77,  
0–P5  
7
7
, P6  
0
0
0
–P8  
, P9  
5,  
7
P10  
High-level output voltage P0  
P2  
0–P10  
7
0
0
–P07, P1 –P1 , P2  
, P3 , P3 , P9 –P9  
P10 –P10 , P11 P117  
0
3
7
0
0–P23,  
IOH = –400 µA  
4.8  
7
1
2
,
V
VOH  
VOH  
0
7
0
_
High-level output voltage E, P30, P32  
IOH = –10 mA  
IOH = –400 µA  
IOH = –15 mA  
IOH = –600 µA  
3.4  
4.8  
3.4  
4.8  
V
V
High-level output voltage P93, P94  
VOH  
VOL  
Low-level output voltage P0  
P2  
P5  
P8  
0
–P0  
7
, P1  
0
–P1  
, P4  
–P6  
, P9  
, P11 –P11  
7
, P2  
–P4  
,P7  
0–P23,  
7,  
7
, P3  
1
, P3  
3
0
0
0
4–P5  
7, P6  
7
0
–P77,  
V
V
2
IOL = 10 mA  
0–P8  
7, P9  
5,  
P10  
Low-level output voltage P0 –P0  
P2 , P3  
P10  
0–P10  
7
0
7
0
7
1
, P1 –P1 , P2  
, P3 , P9  
–P10 , P11 –P11  
Low-level output voltage E, P30, P32  
0
3
7
0–P23,  
7
0,  
IOL = 2 mA  
0.45  
VOL  
VOL  
0
7
0
7
_
IOL = 10 mA  
IOL = 2 mA  
IOL = 2
IOL
1.6  
0.4  
2
V
V
Low-level output voltage P50–P53, P91–P94  
VOL  
0.4  
_____ ____  
Hysteresis  
HOLD, RDY, TA0INTA4IN,  
TB0IN–TB2IN, INT0–INT4, ADTRG,  
____ ____  
____ ____ _____  
VT+ —VT–  
1
0.4  
V
CTS0, CTS1, CLK0, CLK1, RxD0,  
RxD1  
______ _____ ____  
VT+ —VT–  
VT+ —VT–  
Hysteresis  
Hysteresis  
RESET, HOLD, RDY  
XIN  
0.2  
0.1  
0.5  
0.3  
V
V
High-level input current P0  
P2  
P5  
P8  
P
S, BYTE  
0
7
–P0  
, P3  
–P5  
7
0
, P1  
–P11  
,  
0
0
0
–P7  
, XIN  
–P2  
7,  
µA  
IIH  
VI = 5 V  
VI = 0 V  
5
7
,
Low-level input curreP1 –P1 , P2  
–P3 , P4 –P4  
P5 , P6 –P6 , P7  
8 –P8 , P9 –P9  
P10 –P10 , P11 –P11  
RESET, CNVSS, BYTE  
P57, P95  
0
7
0
3,  
0
3
3
0
0
7
7,  
0
–P77,  
µA  
–5  
IIL  
0
7
0
5,  
0
7
0
7
, XIN  
,
Low-level input current P54  
VI = 0 V, No pull-up transistor  
VI = 0 V, Pull-up transistor used  
When clock is stoped.  
–5  
IIL  
µA  
mA  
V
–0.25  
2
–0.5  
25  
–1.0  
RAM hold voltage  
VRAM  
Power supply current (target value)  
f(XIN) = 40 MHz, square  
Output-only pin is  
open and other  
pins are Vss during  
reset.  
50  
1
mA  
waveform (Note)  
Ta = 25 °C when clcock  
is stopped.  
ICC  
µA  
Ta = 85 °C when clcock  
is stopped.  
20  
Note: f(XIN) = 20 MHz when the clock source select bit = “1.”  
81  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
A-D CONVERTER CHARACTERISTICS  
(VCC = AVCC = 5 V ± 10 %, VSS = AVSS = 0 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °C, the clock source select bit = 0, unless otherwise noted)  
Limits  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Resolution  
Test conditions  
Unit  
Min.  
Typ.  
Max.  
10  
A-D converter selected  
Comparator selected  
10-bit mode  
Bits  
V
—————  
VREF = VCC  
1
256 VREF  
± 3  
LSB  
LSB  
mV  
LSB  
mV  
kΩ  
250 kHz φAD  
12.5 MHz  
8-bit mode  
± 2  
—————  
RLADDER  
Absolute accuracy  
Ladder resistance  
VREF = VCC  
VREF = VCC  
Comparator  
± 40  
± 3  
8-bit mode  
250 kHz φAD  
20 MHz (Note 1)  
Comparator  
± 60  
20  
5
10-bit mode  
8-bit mode  
Comparator  
8-bit mode  
Comparator  
10-bit mode  
8-bit mo
Com
5.9  
4.9  
72  
3.92  
1.12  
2.7  
0
φ
AD = f(XIN)/4  
High-speed  
running  
(f(XIN) 40 MHz)  
selected  
φAD = f(XIN)/2  
selected  
tCONV  
Conversion time  
µs  
(Note 2)  
Low-speed running  
(f(XIN) 25 MHz) (Note 2)  
VREF  
VIA  
Reference voltage  
VCC  
V
V
Analog input voltage  
VREF  
Notes 1: This is valid when the high-speed running is selected.  
2: When the clock source select bit = 1, f(XIN) is 20 MHz or less at the hing, and f(XIN) is 12.5 MHz or less at the low-speed running.  
D-A CONVERTER CHARACTERISTICS  
(VCC = 5 V, VSS = AVSS = 0 V, VREF = 5 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °erwise noted)  
Limits  
Test conditions  
Symbol  
——  
Parameter  
Unit  
Min.  
1
Typ.  
Max.  
8
Resolution  
Bits  
%
——  
tsu  
Absolute accuracy  
Set time  
± 1.0  
3
µs  
RO  
Output resistance  
2.5  
4
kΩ  
mA  
IVREF  
Reference power current  
(Note)  
3.2  
Note: The test conditions are as follo
• One D-A converter is used.  
• The D-A register value of the unused D-A converter is “0016.”  
• The reference power supply input current of the ladder resistance of the A-D converter is excluded.  
82  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
PERIPHERAL DEVICE INPUT/OUTPUT TIMING (VCC = 5 V±10 %, VCC = 0 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °C, unless otherwise noted)  
If the values depends on external clock frequency f(XIN), formulas of the limits are shown below. Also, the values at f(XIN) = 40 MHz in high-  
speed running and at f(XIN) = 25 MHz in low-speed running are shown in ( ). At this time, the clock source select bit is “0.” When the clock  
source select bit is “1”, regard f(XIN) in tables as 2·f(XIN).  
The rise and fall time of input signal must be 100 ns or less respectively, unless otherwise noted.  
Timer A input (Count input in event counter mode)  
Limits  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
Min.  
80  
Max.  
tc(TA)  
TAiIN input cycle time  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tw(TAH)  
tw(TAL)  
TAiIN input high-level pulse width  
TAiIN input low-level pulse width  
40  
40  
Timer A input (Gating input in timer mode)  
Limits  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
109  
(XIN)  
8 × 109  
f(XIN)  
4 × 109  
f(XIN)  
8 × 109  
f(XIN)  
4 × 109  
f(XIN)  
Max.  
f(XIN)  
40 MHz  
25 MHz  
40 MH
5 MHz  
(400)  
tc(TA)  
TAiIN input cycle time  
(XIN)  
f(XIN)  
f(XIN)  
f(
(320)  
(200)  
(160)  
(200)  
(160)  
tw(TAH)  
tw(TAL)  
TAiIN input high-level pulse width  
TAiIN input low-level pulse width  
Note :The TAiIN input cycle time requires 4 or more cycles of coe TAiIN input high-level pulse width and the TAiIN input low-level pulse width  
respectively require 2 or more cycles of the count sourn the table are the values when the count source is f(XIN)/4 in high-speed running  
(f(XIN)  
40 MHz) and when the count source is f(XIed running (f(XIN)  
25 MHz). At this time, the clock source select bit is “0.”  
Timer A input (External trigger input in oe mode)  
Symbol rameter  
Limits  
Unit  
ns  
Min.  
8 × 109  
f(XIN)  
4 × 109  
f(XIN)  
Max.  
f(XIN) 40 MHz  
f(XIN) 25 MHz  
(200)  
(160)  
tc(TA)  
TAiIN input cycl
ns  
tw(TAH)  
tw(TAL)  
TAiIN input high-level pulse width  
TAiIN input low-level pulse width  
ns  
ns  
80  
80  
Timer A input (External trigger input in pulse width modulation mode)  
Symbol Parameter  
Limits  
Unit  
Min.  
80  
Max.  
Max.  
tw(TAH)  
tw(TAL)  
TAiIN input high-level pulse width  
TAiIN input low-level pulse width  
ns  
ns  
80  
Timer A input (Up-down input in event counter mode)  
Symbol Parameter  
Limits  
Unit  
Min.  
2000  
1000  
1000  
400  
tc(UP)  
TAiOUT input cycle time  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tw(UPH)  
TAiOUT input high-level pulse width  
TAiOUT input low-level pulse width  
TAiOUT input setup time  
tw(UPL)  
tsu(UP-TIN)  
th(TIN-UP)  
TAiOUT input hold time  
400  
83  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Timer A input (Two-phase pulse input in event counter mode)  
Limits  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
Min.  
800  
200  
200  
Max.  
TAiIN input cycle time  
TAjIN input setup time  
TAjOUT input setup time  
tc(TA)  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tsu(TAjIN-TAjOUT)  
tsu(TAjOUT-TAjIN)  
• Count input in event counter mode  
• Gating input in timer mode  
• External trigger input in one-shot pulse mode  
• External trigger input in pulse width modulation mode  
tc(TA)  
tw(TAH)  
TAiIN input  
tw(TAL)  
• Up-down and count input in event counter mode  
tw(UPH)  
tc(UP)  
TAiOUT input  
(Up-down input)  
tw(UPL)  
TAiOUT input  
(Up-down input)  
t
su(UP-TIN)  
TAiIN input  
(When count by falling)  
TAiIN input  
(When count by rising)  
• Two-phase pulse input in event cou
TAjIN input  
tc(TA)  
tsu(TAjIN-TAjOUT)  
tsu(TAjIN-TAjOUT)  
tsu(TAjOUT-TAjIN)  
TAjOUT input  
tsu(TAjOUT-TAjIN)  
Test conditions  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
84  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Timer B input (Count input in event counter mode)  
Symbol  
Limits  
Parameter  
Unit  
Min.  
80  
Max.  
tc(TB)  
TBiIN input cycle time (one edge count)  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tw(TBH)  
tw(TBL)  
tc(TB)  
TBiIN input high-level pulse width (one edge count)  
TBiIN input low-level pulse width (one edge count)  
TBiIN input cycle time (both edge count)  
40  
40  
160  
80  
tw(TBH)  
tw(TBL)  
TBiIN input high-level pulse width (both edge count)  
TBiIN input low-level pulse width (both edge count)  
80  
Timer B input (Pulse period measurement mode)  
Symbol Parameter  
Limits  
Unit  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
.  
1
N)  
× 109  
f(XIN)  
4 × 109  
f(XIN)  
8 × 109  
f(XIN)  
4 × 109  
f(XIN)  
Max.  
f(XIN) 40 MHz  
f(XIN) 25 MHz  
f(XIN) 40 MHz  
f(XIN) 25
f(XI
MHz  
00)  
tc(TB)  
TBiIN input cycle time  
(320)  
(200)  
(160)  
(200)  
(160)  
tw(TBH)  
tw(TBL)  
TBiIN input high-level pulse width  
TBiIN input low-level pulse width  
Note : The TBiIN input cycle time requires 4 or more cycles of count iIN input high-level pulse width and the TBiIN input low-level pulse width  
respectively require 2 or more cycles of the count source. table are the values when the count source is f(XIN)/4 in high-speed running  
(f(XIN) 40 MHz) and when the count source is f(XIN)/2 unning (f(XIN) 25 MHz). At this time, the clock source select bit is “0.”  
Timer B input (Pulse width measurement m
Limits  
Symbol  
eter  
Unit  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Min.  
16 × 109  
f(XIN)  
8 × 109  
f(XIN)  
8 × 109  
f(XIN)  
4 × 109  
f(XIN)  
8 × 109  
f(XIN)  
4 × 109  
f(XIN)  
Max.  
f(XIN) 40 MHz  
f(XIN) 25 MHz  
f(XIN) 40 MHz  
f(XIN) 25 MHz  
f(XIN) 40 MHz  
f(XIN) 25 MHz  
(400)  
(320)  
(200)  
(160)  
(200)  
(160)  
tc(TB)  
TBiIN input cycle
tw(TBH)  
tw(TBL)  
TBiIN input high-level pulse width  
TBiIN input low-level pulse width  
Note : The TBiIN input cycle time requires 4 or more cycles of count source. The TBiIN input high-level pulse width and the TBiIN input low-level pulse width  
respectively require 2 or more cycles of the count source. The limits in the table are the values when the count source is f(XIN)/4 in high-speed running  
(f(XIN) 40 MHz) and when the count source is f(XIN)/2 in low-speed running (f(XIN) 25 MHz). At this time, the clock source select bit is “0.”  
A-D trigger input  
Limits  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
Min.  
1000  
125  
Max.  
tc(AD)  
tw(ADL)  
ADTRG input cycle time (minimum allowable trigger)  
ADTRG input low-level pulse width  
ns  
ns  
85  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Serial I/O  
Limits  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
Min.  
200  
100  
100  
Max.  
80  
tc(CK)  
CLKi input cycle time  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tw(CKH)  
tw(CKL)  
td(C-Q)  
th(C-Q)  
tsu(D-C)  
th(C-D)  
CLKi input high-level pulse width  
CLKi input low-level pulse width  
TXDi output delay time  
TXDi hold time  
0
20  
90  
RXDi input setup time  
RXDi input hold time  
External interrupt INTi input  
Limits  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
Min.  
250  
250  
Max.  
tw(INH)  
tw(INL)  
INTi input high-level pulse width  
INTi input low-level pulse width  
ns  
ns  
tc(TB)  
tw(TBH)  
TBiIN input  
tw(ADL)  
ADTRG input  
tc(CK)  
CKH)  
CLKi  
tw(CKL)  
th(C - Q)  
TxDi  
RxDi  
th(C - D)  
td(C - Q)  
tsu(D - C)  
tw(INL)  
INTi input  
tw(INH)  
Test conditions  
• Vcc = 5 V±10 %  
• Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V,VOH = 2.0 V,CL = 100 pF  
86  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
READY, HOLD TIMING  
Timing requirements (VCC = 5 V±10 %, VSS = 0 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °C, f(XIN) = 40 MHz when the clock source select bit = “0” , unless  
otherwise noted)  
The rise and fall time of input signal must be 100 ns or less respectively, unless otherwise noted.  
Limits  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
Min.  
42  
42  
0
Max.  
tsu(RDY-φ1)  
tsu(HOLD-φ1)  
th(φ1-RDY)  
RDY input setup time  
HOLD input setup time  
RDY input hold time  
HOLD input hold time  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
th(φ1-HOLD)  
0
: f(XIN) = 20 MHz when the clock source select bit = “1”.  
Switching characteristics (VCC = 5 V±10 %, VSS = 0 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °C, f(XIN) = 40 MHz when the clock source select bit =  
“0” , unless otherwise noted)  
Limits  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
Min.  
Max.  
50  
td(φ1-HLDA)  
HLDA output delay time  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
t
t
t
t
pxz(HLDA-RDZ)  
Floating start delay time (at hold state)  
Floating start delay time (at hold state)  
50  
pxz(HLDA-WRZ)  
50  
pxz(HLDA-BHEZ) Floating start delay time (at hold state)  
Floating start delay time (at hold state)  
50  
pxz(HLDA-AZ)  
50  
t
pxz(HLDA-DLZ/DHZ) Floating start delay time (at hold state)  
50  
t
t
t
t
pzx(HLDA-RDZ)  
Floating release delay time (at hold state)  
Floating release delay time (at hold state)  
0
0
0
0
0
pzx(HLDA-WRZ)  
pzx(HLDA-BHEZ) Floating release delay time (at hold state)  
Floating release delay time (at hold state)  
pzx(HLDA-AZ)  
t
pzx(HLDA-DLZ/DHZ) Floating release delay time (at hold state)  
: f(XIN) = 20 MHz when the clock source select bit = “1”.  
87  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
RDY input (when 3-φ access in high-speed running)  
φ1  
RD,WR  
RDY input  
tsu(RDY-φ1)  
th(φ1-RDY)  
RDY input is always sampled at the falling edge of φ1 just before the RD and WR signals’ rise regus mode and the number of waits.  
HOLD input  
φ1  
tsu(HOLD-φ1)  
th(φ1-HOLD)  
HOLD input  
HLDA output  
RD  
td(φ1-HLDA)  
tpzx(HLDA-RDZ)  
tpzx(HLDA-WRZ)  
tpzx(HLDA-BHE)  
tpzx(HLDA-AZ)  
tpxz(HLDA-RDZ)  
Hi-Z  
Hi-Z  
Hi-Z  
Hi-Z  
Hi-Z  
tpxz(HLDA-WRZ)  
tpxz(HLDA-BHE)  
tpxz(HLDA-AZ)  
WR  
BHE output  
A0–A7 output  
A8–A15 output  
A16–A23 output  
tpzx(HLDA-DLZ/DHZ)  
tpxz(HLDA-DLZ/DHZ)  
D0–D7 output  
D8–D15 output  
(BYTE =“L”)  
Test conditions  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• RDY input, HOLD input : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• HLDA output : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF  
88  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Timing requirements (VCC = 5 V±10 %, VSS = 0 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °C, f(XIN) = 40 MHz when the clock source select bit = “0”, unless  
otherwise noted)  
The rise and fall time of input signal must be 100 ns or less respectively, unless otherwise noted.  
Single-chip mode  
Limits  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
Min.  
25  
Max.  
tc  
External clock input cycle time (Note 1)  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tw(H)  
External clock input high-level pulse width (Note 2)  
External clock input low-level pulse width (Note 2)  
External clock rise time  
tc/2 – 8  
tc/2 – 8  
tw(L)  
tr  
8
8
tf  
External clock fall time  
tsu(PiD–E)  
th(E–PiD)  
Port Pi input setup time (i = 0—11)  
Port Pi input hold time (i = 0—11)  
60  
0
: f(XIN) = 20 MHz when the clock source select bit = “1”  
Notes 1: When the clock source select bit = “1”, tc’s minimum limit is 50 ns.  
2: When the clock source select bit = “1”, set tw(H)/tc and tw(L)/tc ratios to 45 to 55 %.  
Switching characteristics (VCC = 5 V±10 %, VSS = 0 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °C, f(XIN) = 40 Mclock source select bit = “0”, unless  
otherwise noted)  
(Single-chip mode)  
Limits  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
ns  
Min.  
Max.  
60  
td(E–PiQ)  
Port Pi data output delay time (i = 0—11)  
: f(XIN) = 20 MHz when the clock source select bit = “1”  
tr  
tw(H)  
tw(L)  
f(XIN)  
E
td(E – PiQ)  
th(E – PiD)  
Port Pi output (i = 0—11)  
tsu(PiD – E)  
Port Pi input  
(i = 0—11)  
Test conditions  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Intput timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF  
89  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Timing requirements (VCC = 5 V±10 %, VSS = 0 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °C, f(XIN) = 25 MHz when the clock source select bit = “0” , unless  
otherwise noted)  
The rise and fall time of input signal must be 100 ns or less respectively, unless otherwise noted.  
Memory expansion and Microprocessor mode : Low-speed running  
Limits  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
Min.  
40  
Max.  
tc  
External clock input cycle time (Note 1)  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tw(H)  
External clock input high-level pulse width (Note 2)  
External clock input low-level pulse width (Note 2)  
External clock rise time  
tc/2 – 8  
tc/2 – 8  
tw(L)  
tr  
8
8
tf  
External clock fall time  
tsu(DH-RD)  
tsu(DL-RD)  
tsu(PiD–RD)  
th(RD-DH)  
th(RD-DL)  
th(RD–PiD)  
High-order data input setup time (BYTE = “L”)  
Low-order data input setup time  
30  
30  
60  
0
Port Pi input setup time (i = 4—9, 11)  
High-order data input hold time (BYTE = “L”)  
Low-order data input hold time  
0
Port Pi input hold time (i = 4—9, 11)  
0
60 (2-φ access)  
tsu(A–DL/DH)  
tsu(CS–DL/DH)  
tsu(LA–DL)  
Data setup time with address stabilized (Note 3)  
Data setup time with chip select stabilized (Note 3)  
Data setup time with address stabilized (Note
140 (3-  
220 (4-  
φ
φ
access)  
access)  
ns  
ns  
ns  
60 (2-φ access)  
140 (3-  
220 (4-  
φ
φ
access)  
access)  
55 (2-φ access)  
135 (3-  
215 (4-  
φ
φ
access)  
access)  
: f(XIN) = 12.5 MHz when the clock source selet bit = 
Notes 1: When the clock source select bit = “1”, tc’s mis 80 ns.  
2: When the clock source select bit = “1”, stw(L)/tc ratios to 45 to 55 %.  
3: Since the values depend on external equency f(XIN), calculate them using the bus timing data formula on the page after  
the next page.  
90  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Switching characteristics (VCC = 5 V±10 %, VSS = 0 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °C, f(XIN) = 25 MHz when the clock source select bit = “0” ,  
unless otherwise noted)  
Memory expansion and Microprocessor mode : Low-speed running  
2-φ access  
3-φ access  
4-φ access  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.  
tw(φH), tw(φL)  
td(φ1–WR)  
φ high-level pulse width, φ low-level pulse width (Note)  
20  
–7  
–7  
60  
60  
15  
15  
8
20  
–7  
–7  
140  
140  
15  
15  
8
20  
–7  
–7  
140  
140  
95  
95  
55  
95  
95  
55  
95  
95  
55  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
___  
WR output delay time  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
td(φ1–RD)  
__  
tw(WR)  
__  
RD output delay time  
___  
WR low-level pulse width (Note)  
RD low-level pulse width (Note)  
Address output delay time (Note)  
Address output delay time (Note)  
tw(RD)  
td(A–WR)  
td(A–RD)  
td(A–ALE)  
Address output delay time (Note)  
____  
td(BHE–WR)  
td(BHE–RD)  
td(BHE–ALE)  
td(CS–WR)  
td(CS–RD)  
td(CS–ALE)  
BHE output delay time (Note)  
15  
15  
8
15  
15  
____  
BHE output delay time (Note)  
____  
BHE output delay time (Note)  
Chip select output delay time (Note)  
Chip select output delay time (Note)  
Chip select output delay time (Note)  
Data output delay time  
15  
1
15  
8
td(WR–DLQ/DHQ)  
35  
30  
35  
30  
35  
30  
tpxz(WR–DLZ/DHZ)  
Floating start delay time (Note)  
ALE output delay time  
td(ALE–WR)  
td(ALE–RD)  
tw(ALE)  
4
4
4
4
4
4
ALE output delay time  
ALE pulse width (Note)  
22  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
15  
0
22  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
15  
0
62  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
15  
0
th(WR–A)  
Address hold time (Note)  
th(RD–A)  
Address hold time (Note)  
th(WR–BHE)  
th(RD–BHE)  
th(WR–CS)  
th(RD–CS)  
BHE hold time (Note)  
BHE hold time (Note)  
Chip select hold time (Note)  
Chip select hold time (Note)  
Data hold time (Note)  
th(WR–DLQ/DHQ)  
tpzx(WR–DLZ/DHZ)  
Floating release delay
Address output del)  
Address output ote)  
Address oute (Note)  
Address hold
td(LA–WR)  
12  
12  
5
12  
12  
5
92  
92  
52  
25 (Note)  
td(LA–RD)  
td(LA–ALE)  
th(ALE–LA)  
tpxz(RD–DLZ)  
tpzx(RD–DLZ)  
td(WR–PiQ)  
9
9
Floating start dey time  
5
5
5
Floating release delay time (Note)  
Port Pi data output delay time (i = 4—9, 11)  
18  
18  
18  
60  
60  
60  
: f(XIN) = 12.5 MHz when the clock source selet bit = “1”  
Note: Since the values depend on external clock input frequency f(XIN), calculate them using the bus timing data formula on the next page.  
91  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Bus timing data formulas  
Memory expansion and Microprocessor mode : Low-speed running (VCC = 5 V±10 %, VSS = 0 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °C, f(XIN) 25 MHz when  
the clock source select bit = “0” , unless otherwise noted)  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Data setup time with address stabilized  
Data setup time with chip select stabilized  
φ high-level pulse width, f low-level pulse width  
2-φ access  
3 × 109  
3-φ access  
5 × 109  
4-φ access  
7 × 109  
Unit  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tsu(A–DL/DH)  
tsu(CS–DL/DH)  
tw(φH), tw(φL)  
– 60  
– 60  
– 60  
f(XIN)  
f(XIN)  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 ×
109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
5 × 109  
f(XIN)  
7 × 109  
f(XIN)  
– 60  
– 20  
– 20  
– 25  
– 25  
– 25  
– 32  
– 25  
– 25  
– 32  
– 18  
– 30  
– 30  
– 30  
– 30  
– 30  
– 30  
– 25  
– 10  
– 65  
– 28  
– 28  
– 35  
– 60  
– 60  
___  
___  
4 × 109  
f(XIN)  
__  
__  
tw(WR), tw(RD) WR, RD low-level pulse width  
– 20  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
td(A–WR)  
Address output delay time  
Address output delay time  
Address output delay time  
– 25  
– 25  
– 65  
– 25  
– 25  
– 65  
– 25  
– 25  
– 65  
– 18  
td(A–RD)  
td(A–ALE)  
td(BHE–WR)  
td(BHE–RD)  
td(BHE–ALE)  
td(CS–WR)  
td(CS–RD)  
td(CS–ALE)  
tw(ALE)  
____  
BHE output delay time  
____  
BHE outupt delay time  
____  
BHE output delay time  
Chip select output delay time  
Chip select output delay time  
Chip select output delay time  
ALE pulse width  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
th(WR–A)  
Address hold time  
th(RD–A)  
Address hold time  
____  
td(WR–BHE)  
td(RD–BHE)  
td(WR–CS)  
td(RD–CS)  
BHE hold time  
____  
BHE hold time  
Chip select hold time  
Chip select holt time  
t
h(WR–DLQ/DHQ)  
Data hold time  
t
pxz(WR–DLZ/DHZ)  
Floating start delay time  
Data setup time with address stabilized  
Address output delay time  
Address output delay time  
Address output delay time  
7 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
5 × 109  
f(XIN)  
– 65  
– 28  
– 28  
– 28  
– 15  
tsu(LA–DL)  
td(LA–WR)  
td(LA–RD)  
– 65  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
td(LA–ALE)  
th(ALE–LA)  
tpzx(RD–DLZ)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
ns  
ns  
Address hold time  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
Floating release delay time  
– 22  
: f(XIN) 12.5 MHz when the clock source select bit = “1”  
Note: When the clock source select bit is “1”, regard f(XIN) in tables as 2·f(XIN).  
92  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(when 2-φ access in low-speed running <Write>)  
tw(H) tw(L)  
tr  
tf  
tc  
f(XIN)  
tw(φL)  
φ1  
tw(φH)  
td(φ1-WR)  
td(φ1-WR)  
RD  
WR  
tw(WR)  
td(ALE-WR)  
tw(ALE)  
ALE output  
BHE output  
td(BHE-WR)  
th(WR-BHE)  
td(BHE-
td
th(WR-A)  
A0 to A7 output  
A8 toA15 output  
A16 toA23 output  
Address  
LE)  
td(CS-WR)  
th(WR-CS)  
Chip select  
CS0 to CS4 output  
td(CS-ALE)  
td(WR-DLQ/DHQ)  
Output data  
th(WR-DLQ/DHQ)  
Hi-Z  
D0 to D7 output  
D8 to D15 output (BYTE L”)  
tpxz(WR-DLZ/DHZ)  
th(WR-DLQ)  
tpzx(WR-DLZ/DHZ)  
td(WR-DLQ)  
Data  
td(LA-WR)  
Address  
D0/LA0 to D7/LA7 output  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
th(ALE-LA)  
td(LA-ALE)  
td(WR-PiQ)  
Port Pi output  
Note: These become a multiplex bus only when all of the following conditions are satisfied:  
• BYTE = “H”  
• Multiplex bus select bit = “1”  
• While the address which corresponds to chip select signal CS4 is accessed  
Test conditions (except Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
Test conditions (Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF • Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• Data input : VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2.5 V • Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF  
93  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(when 2-φ access in low-speed running <Read>)  
t
w(H)  
t
w(L)  
t
r
t
f
t
c
f(XIN  
)
t
w(φL)  
φ1  
tw(φH)  
t
d(φ1-RD)  
td(φ1-RD)  
RD  
t
w(RD)  
WR  
t
w(ALE)  
t
d(ALE-RD)  
ALE output  
BHE output  
t
d(BHE-RD)  
E)  
t
d(BHE-ALE)  
t
d(A-RD)  
t
h(RD-A)  
A
A
A
0—  
A
A
A
7
output  
15 output  
23 output  
A
8—  
16—  
t
d(A-ALE)  
t
d(
th(RD-CS)  
ip select  
CS0—CS4 output  
t
(CS-DL/DH)  
su(A-DL/DH)  
t
su(DL/DH-RD)  
Input data  
t
h(RD-DL/DH)  
D
0—  
D
7
input  
D
8—  
D
15 input (BYTE = “L”)  
t
d(LA-RD)  
Address  
tpzx(RD-DLZ)  
t
pxz(RD-DLZ)  
LA0—LA7 output (D0/LA0—A7)  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
t
d(LA-ALE)  
t
su(DL-RD)  
t
h(ALE-LA)  
t
h(RD-DL)  
t
su(LA-DL)  
D
0—D7 input  
Data  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
t
su(PiD-RD)  
Input data  
t
h(RD-PiD)  
Port Pi input  
Note: These become a multiplex bus only when all of the following conditions are satisfied:  
• BYTE = “H”  
• Multiplex bus select bit = “1”  
• While the address which corresponds to chip select signal CS4 is accessed  
Test conditions (Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, C  
Test conditions (except Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, C  
• Data input : VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2.5 V  
L = 100 pF  
L
= 100 pF  
94  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(when 3-φ access in low-speed running <Write>)  
tw(H) tw(L)  
tr  
tf  
tc  
f(XIN)  
tw(φL)  
φ1  
tw(φH)  
td(φ1-WR)  
td(φ1-WR)  
RD  
WR  
tw(WR)  
tw(ALE)  
td(ALE-WR)  
ALE output  
BHE output  
td(BHE-WR)  
th(WR-BHE)  
td(BHE-ALE)  
td(A-WR)  
th(WR-A)  
A0—A7 output  
A8—A15 output  
A16—A23 output  
Address  
WR)  
th(WR-CS)  
Chip select  
CS0—CS4 output  
td(CS-ALE)  
td(WR-DLQ/DHQ)  
th(WR-DLQ/DHQ)  
D0—D7 output  
D8—D15 output (BYTE = “L”)  
Output data  
tpzx(WR-DLZ/DHZ)  
td(WR-DLQ)  
tpxz(WR-DLZ/DHZ)  
th(WR-DLQ)  
td(LA-WR)  
D0/LA0—D7/LA7 output  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
Address  
Data  
th(ALE-LA)  
td(LA-ALE)  
td(WR-PiQ)  
Port Pi output  
Note: These become a multiplex bus only when all of the following conditions are satisfied:  
•BYTE = “H”  
•Multiplex bus select bit = “1”  
•While the address which corresponds to chip select signal CS4 is accessed  
Test conditions (Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
Test conditions (except Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF  
• Data input : VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2.5 V  
95  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(when 3-φ access in low-speed running <Read>)  
tw(H) tw(L)  
tr  
tf  
tc  
f(XIN)  
tw(φL)  
φ1  
tw(φH)  
td(φ1-RD)  
td(φ1-RD)  
RD  
tw(RD)  
WR  
tw(ALE)  
td(ALE-RD)  
ALE output  
BHE output  
td(BHE-RD)  
th(RD-BHE)  
td(BHE-ALE)  
td(A-RD)  
th(RD-A)  
A0—A7 output  
A8—A15 output  
A16—A23 output  
Address  
td(A-ALE)  
td(C
th(RD-CS)  
Chip select  
CS0—CS4 output  
tsu(CS-DL/DH)  
ttsu(A-DL/DH)  
tsu(DL/DH-RD)  
Input data  
th(RD-DL/DH)  
D0—D7 input  
D8—D15 input (BYTE = “L”)  
td(LA-RD)  
tpxz(RD-DLZ)  
tpzx(RD-DLZ)  
LA0—LA7 output  
(D0/LA0—D7/LA7)  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
Address  
td(LA-ALE)  
tsu(DL-RD)  
th(ALE-LA)  
th(RD-DL)  
tsu(LA-DL)  
D0—D7 input  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
Data  
tsu(PiD-RD)  
th(RD-PiD)  
Input data  
Port Pi input  
Note: These become a multiplex bus only when all of the following conditions are satisfied:  
• BYTE = “H”  
• Multiplex bus select bit = “1”  
• While the address which corresponds to chip select signal CS4 is accessed  
Test conditions (Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
Test conditions (except Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF  
• Data input : VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2.5 V  
96  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(when 4-φ access in low-speed running <Write>)  
tw(H) tw(L)  
tr  
tf  
tc  
f(XIN)  
tw(φL)  
φ1  
tw(φH)  
td(φ1-WR)  
td(φ1-WR)  
RD  
WR  
tw(WR
tw(ALE)  
td(ALE-WR)  
ALE output  
td(BHE-WR)  
th(WR-BHE)  
BHE output  
td(BHE-ALE)  
td(A-WR)  
th(WR-A)  
A0–A7 output  
A8–A15 output  
A16–A23 output  
Address  
t
th(WR-CS)  
Chip select  
CS0–CS4 output  
td(CS-ALE)  
td(WR-DLQ/DHQ)  
th(WR-DLQ/DHQ)  
tpxz(WR-DLZ/DHZ)  
th(WR-DLQ)  
D0–D7 output  
D8–D15 output (BYTE = “L”)  
Output data  
tpzx(WR-DLZ/DHZ)  
td(WR-DLQ)  
th(ALE-LA)  
td(LA-WR)  
D0/LA0–D7/LA7 output  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
Data  
Address  
td(LA-ALE)  
td(RD-PiQ)  
Port Pi output  
Note: These become a multiplex bus only when all of the following conditions are satisfied:  
• BYTE = “H”  
• Multiplex bus select bit = “1”  
• While the address which corresponds to chip select signal CS4 is accessed  
Test conditions (Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF  
Test conditions (except Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF  
• Data input : VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2.5 V  
97  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(when 4-φ access in low-speed running <Read>)  
t
w(H)  
t
w(L)  
t
r
t
f
tc  
f(XIN  
)
t
w(φL)  
φ1  
tw(φH)  
t
d(φ1  
-RD)  
td(φ1-RD)  
RD  
t
w(RD)  
WR  
t
w(ALE)  
t
d(ALE-RD)  
ALE output  
BHE output  
t
d(BHE-RD)  
d(BHE-ALE)  
t
h(RD-BHE)  
t
t
d(A-RD)  
t
h(RD-A)  
A
A
A
0—  
A
A
A
7
output  
15 output  
23 output  
Address  
8—  
16—  
t
d(A-A
t
h(RD-CS)  
Chip select  
CS0—CS4 output  
ALE)  
t
su(CS-DL/DH)  
su(A-DL/DH)  
t
t
su(DL/DH-RD)  
Input data  
t
h(RD-DL/DH)  
D
0—  
D
7
input  
D
8—  
D
15 input (BYTE =“L
t
pxz(RD-DLZ)  
t
d(LA-RD)  
Address  
t
pzx(RD-DLZ)  
LA0—LA7 output (D0/LA0—D7A7)  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
t
h(ALE-LA)  
t
su(DL-RD)  
t
d(LA-ALE)  
t
h(RD-DL)  
t
su(LA-DL)  
D
0—D7 input  
Data  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
t
su(PiD-RD)  
Input data  
th(RD-PiD)  
Port Pi input  
Note: These become a multiplex bus only when all of the following conditions are satisfied:  
• BYTE = “H”  
• Multiplex bus select bit = “1”  
• While the address which corresponds to chip select signal CS4 is accessed  
Test conditions (Port Pi, f(XIN))  
Test conditions (except Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, C  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, C  
• Data input : VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2.5 V  
L = 100 pF  
L
= 100 pF  
98  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Timing requirements (VCC = 5 V±10 %, VSS = 0 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °C, f(XIN)=40 MHz when the clock source select bit = “0” , unless  
otherwise noted)  
The rise and fall time of input signal must be 100 ns or less respectively, unless otherwise noted.  
Memory expansion and Microprocessor mode : High-speed running  
Limits  
Symbol  
Parameter  
External clock input cycle time (Note 1)  
Unit  
Min.  
25  
Max.  
tc  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tw(H)  
External clock input high-level pulse width (Note 2)  
External clock input low-level pulse width (Note 2)  
External clock rise time  
tc/2 – 8  
tc/2 – 8  
tw(L)  
tr  
8
8
tf  
External clock fall time  
tsu(DH–RD)  
tsu(DL–RD)  
tsu(PiD–RD)  
th(RD–DH)  
th(RD–DL)  
th(RD–PiD)  
High-order data input setup time (BYTE = “L”)  
Low-order data input setup time  
30  
30  
0  
Port Pi input setup time (i = 4—9, 11)  
High-order data input hold time (BYTE = “L”)  
Low-order data input hold time  
Port Pi input hold time (i = 4—9, 11)  
65 (3-φ access)  
110 (4-φ access)  
160 (5-φ access)  
65 (3-φ access)  
110 (4-φ access)  
160 (5-φ access)  
50 (3-φ access)  
100 (4-φ access)  
150 (5-φ access)  
tsu(A–DL/DH)  
tsu(CS–DL/DH)  
tsu(LA–DL)  
Data setup time with address stabilized (Note 3)  
Data setup time with chip select stabilized (Note 3)  
Data setup time with address stabilized (Note 3
ns  
ns  
ns  
: f(XIN) = 20 MHz when the clock source selet bit = “1”  
Notes 1: When the clock source select bit = “1”, tc’s mis 50 ns.  
2: When the clock source select bit = “1”, stw(L)/tc ratios to 45 to 55 %.  
3: Since the values depend on external equency f(XIN), calculate them using the bus timing data formula on the page after  
the next page.  
99  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Switching characteristics (VCC = 5 V±10 %, VSS = 0 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °C, f(XIN) = 40 MHz when the clock source select bit =  
“0” , unless otherwise noted)  
Memory expansion and Microprocessor mode : High-speed running  
3-φ access  
4−φ access  
5-φ access  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.  
tw(φH), tw(φL)  
td(φ1–WR)  
φ high-level pulse width, φ low-level pulse width  
(Note)  
5
5
5
–7  
–7  
130  
130  
45  
45  
35  
45  
45  
35  
45  
45  
35  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
___  
WR output delay time  
___  
–7  
–7  
55  
55  
25  
25  
10  
25  
25  
10  
25  
2
12  
12  
–7  
–7  
80  
80  
45  
45  
35  
45  
45  
45  
35  
12  
12  
12  
12  
td(φ1–RD)  
__  
tw(WR)  
__  
RD output delay time  
___  
WR low-level pulse width  
___  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
tw(RD)  
RD low-level pulse width  
Address output delay time  
Address output delay time  
td(A–WR)  
td(A–RD)  
td(A–ALE)  
Address output delay time  
____  
td(BHE–WR)  
td(BHE–RD)  
td(BHE–ALE)  
td(CS–WR)  
td(CS–RD)  
td(CS–ALE)  
BHE output delay time  
____  
BHE output delay time  
____  
BHE output delay time  
Chip select output delay time  
Chip select output delay time  
Chip select output delay time  
Data output delay time  
Floating start delay time  
ALE output delay time  
ALE output delay time  
ALE pulse width  
td(WR–DLQ/DHQ)  
35  
30  
35  
30  
35  
30  
tpxz(WR–DLZ/DHZ)  
(
td(ALE–WR)  
td(ALE–RD)  
tw(ALE)  
4
4
4
4
4
4
e)  
Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
15  
0
35  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
15  
0
35  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
15  
0
th(WR–A)  
Address hold time  
th(RD–A)  
Address hold time  
____  
th(WR–BHE)  
th(RD–BHE)  
th(WR–CS)  
th(RD–CS)  
BHE hold time  
____  
BHE hold time  
Chip select hold time  
Chip select hold time  
th(WR–DLQ/DHQ)  
Data hold time  
tpzx(WR–DLZ/DHZ)  
Floating release delay
Address output del
Address output
Address oute  
Address hold
td(LA–WR)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
(Note)  
15  
15  
5
40  
40  
30  
10  
40  
40  
30  
10  
td(LA–RD)  
td(LA–ALE)  
th(ALE–LA)  
tPXZ(RD–DLZ)  
tPZX(RD–DLZ)  
td(WR–PiQ)  
10  
Floating start dely time  
Floating release delay time  
Port Pi data output delay time (i = 4—9, 11)  
5
5
5
(Note)  
15  
15  
15  
60  
60  
60  
: f(XIN) = 20 MHz when the clock source selet bit = “1”  
Note: Since the values depend on external clock frequency f(XIN), calculate them by using the bus timing data formulas on the next page.  
100  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
Bus timing data formulas  
Memory expansion and Microprocessor mode : High-speed running (VCC = 5 V±10 %, VSS = 0 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °C, f(XIN) 40 MHz when  
the clock source select bit = “0” , unless otherwise noted)  
Symbol  
tsu(A–DL/DH)  
tsu(CS–DL/DH)  
tw(φH), tw(φL)  
Parameter  
Data setup time with address stabilized  
Data setup time with chip select stabilized  
3-φ access  
5 × 109  
4-φ access  
7 × 109  
5-φ access  
9 × 109  
Unit  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
– 60  
– 65  
– 65  
f(XIN)  
f(XIN)  
f(XIN)  
5 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 ×
09  
XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
7 × 109  
f(XIN)  
9 × 109  
f(XIN)  
– 60  
– 20  
– 20  
– 25  
– 25  
– 25  
– 15  
– 25  
– 25  
– 15  
– 15  
– 15  
– 15  
– 15  
– 15  
– 15  
– 15  
– 10  
+ 5  
– 65  
– 65  
φ high-level pulse width, φ low-level pulse width  
4 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
109  
N)  
× 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
6 × 109  
f(XIN)  
___ ___  
__  
__  
tw(WR), tw(RD) WR, RD low-level pulse width  
– 20  
– 30  
– 30  
– 15  
– 30  
– 30  
– 15  
– 30  
– 30  
– 15  
– 15  
– 20  
td(A–WR)  
Address output delay time  
Address output delay time  
Address output delay time  
td(A–RD)  
td(A–ALE)  
td(BHE–WR)  
td(BHE–RD)  
td(BHE–ALE)  
td(CS–WR)  
td(CS–RD)  
td(CS–ALE)  
tw(ALE)  
____  
BHE outuput delay time  
____  
BHE outuput delay time  
____  
BHE outuput delay time  
Chip select output delay time  
Chip select output delay time  
Chip select output delay time  
ALE pulse width  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
th(WR–A)  
Address hold time  
th(RD–A)  
Address hold time  
____  
td(WR–BHE)  
td(RD–BHE)  
td(WR–CS)  
td(RD–CS)  
BHE hold time  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
____  
BHE hold time  
Chip select hold time  
Chip select hold time  
t
h(WR–DLQ/DHQ)  
Data hold time  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
tpxz(WR–DLZ/DHZ)  
Floating start delay time  
Data setup time with address stabilized  
Address outuput delay time  
Address outuput delay time  
Address outuput delay time  
Address hold time  
5 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
7 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
3 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
9 × 109  
f(XIN)  
tsu(LA–DL)  
td(LA–WR)  
td(LA–RD)  
– 75  
– 35  
– 35  
– 20  
– 15  
– 10  
– 75  
– 35  
– 35  
– 20  
– 75  
td(LA–ALE)  
td(ALE–LA)  
tpzx(RD–DLZ)  
Floating release delay time  
: f(XIN) 20 MHz when the clock source select bit = “1”  
Note: When the clock source select bit is “1”, regard f(XIN) in tables as 2·f(XIN).  
101  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(when 3-φ access in high-speed running <Write>)  
t
w(H)  
t
w(L)  
t
r
t
f
tc  
f(XIN  
)
t
w(φL)  
φ1  
t
w(φH)  
t
d(φ1-WR)  
td(φ1-WR)  
RD  
WR  
t
w(WR
t
w(ALE)  
t
d(ALE-WR)  
ALE output  
BHE output  
t
d(BHE-WR)  
t
h(WR-BHE)  
t
d(BHE-ALE
td(A-
t
h(WR-A)  
A
A
A
0—  
A
A
A
7
output  
15 output  
23 output  
8—  
Address  
16—  
S-WR)  
t
h(WR-CS)  
Chip select  
CS0—CS4 output  
t
d(CS-ALE)  
t
d(WR-DLQ/DHQ)  
t
h(WR-DLQ/DHQ)  
D
0—  
D
7
output  
Output data  
D
8—  
D
15 output (B
t
pzx(WR-DLZ/DHZ)  
t
pxz(WR-DLZ/DHZ)  
t
d(WR-DLQ)  
t
d(LA-WR)  
t
h(WR-DLQ)  
D0/LA0—D7/LA7 output  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
Address  
Data  
t
d(LA-ALE)  
th(ALE-LA)  
t
d(WR-PjQ)  
Port Pi output  
Note: These become a multiplex bus only when all of the following conditions are satisfied:  
• BYTE = “H”  
• Multiplex bus select bit = “1”  
• While the address which corresponds to chip select signal CS4 is accessed  
Test conditions (Port Pi, f(XIN))  
Test conditions (except Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, C  
L = 100 pF  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF  
• Data input : VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2.5 V  
102  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(when 3-φ access in high-speed running <Read>)  
t
w(H)  
t
w(L)  
t
r
t
f
tc  
f(XIN  
)
t
w(φL)  
φ1  
tw(φH)  
t
d(φ1-RD)  
td(φ1-RD)  
RD  
t
w(RD)  
WR  
t
w(ALE)  
t
d(ALE-RD)  
ALE output  
BHE output  
t
d(BHE-RD)  
t
h(RD-BHE)  
t
d(BHE-ALE)  
d(A-RD)  
t
t
h(RD-A)  
A
A
A
0—  
A
A
A
7
output  
15 output  
23 output  
Address  
8—  
16—  
t
d(
t
h(RD-CS)  
Chip select  
CS0—CS4 output  
(CS-ALE)  
t
su(CS-DL/DH)  
su(A-DL/DH)  
t
su(DL/DH-RD)  
Input data  
t
t
h(RD-DL/DH)  
D
0—  
D
7
input  
D8—  
D15 input (
t
pxz (RD-DLZ)  
t
d(LA-RD)  
t
pzx(RD-DLZ)  
LA0—LA  
(D /LA0—  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
7
output  
Address  
0
D7/LA7)  
t
d(LA-ALE)  
t
h(ALE-LA)  
t
su(DL-RD)  
Data  
t
h(RD-DL)  
t
su (LA-DL)  
D
0—D7 input  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
t
su(PiD-RD)  
Input data  
t
h(RD-PiD)  
Port Pi input  
Note: These become a multiplex bus only when all of the following conditions are satisfied:  
• BYTE = “H”  
• Multiplex bus select bit = “1”  
• While the address which corresponds to chip select signal CS  
4
is accessed  
Test conditions (Port Pi, f(XIN))  
Test conditions (except Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, C  
L = 100 pF  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF  
• Data input : VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2.5 V  
103  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(when 4-φ access in high-speed running <Write>)  
t
w(H)  
t
w(L)  
t
r
t
f
tc  
f(XIN  
)
t
w(φL)  
φ1  
t
w(φH)  
t
d(φ1-WR)  
td(φ1-WR)  
RD  
WR  
t
w(W
t
w(ALE)  
t
d(ALE-WR)  
ALE output  
BHE output  
t
d(BHE-WR)  
t
h(WR-BHE)  
t
d(BHE-ALE)  
d(A-WR)  
t
t
h(WR-A)  
A
A
A
0—  
A
A
A
7
output  
15 output  
23 output  
8—  
Address  
16—  
t
d
t
t
h(WR-CS)  
Chip select  
CS0—CS4 output  
t
d(CS-ALE)  
t
d(WR-DLQ/DHQ)  
h(WR-DLQ/DHQ)  
D
0—  
D
7
output  
Output data  
D
8—  
D
15 output (BYTE = “L”)  
t
pzx(WR-DLZ/DHZ)  
t
pxz(WR-DLZ/DHZ)  
t
d(WR-DLQ)  
t
d(LA-WR)  
Address  
t
h(WR-DLQ)  
D0/LA0—D7/LA7 output  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
Data  
t
h(ALE-LA)  
t
d(LA-ALE)  
t
d(WR-PiQ)  
Port Pi output  
Note: These become a multiplex bus only when all of the following conditions are satisfied:  
• BYTE = “H”  
• Multiplex bus select bit = “1”  
• While the address which corresponds to chip select signal CS4 is accessed  
Test conditions (Port Pi, f(XIN))  
Test conditions (except Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, C  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, C  
• Data input : VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2.5 V  
L = 100 pF  
L
= 100 pF  
104  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(when 4-φ access in high-speed running <Read>)  
t
w(H)  
t
w(L)  
t
r
t
f
tc  
f(XIN  
)
t
w(φL)  
φ1  
t
w (φH)  
t
d(φ1  
-RD)  
td(φ1-RD)  
RD  
t
w(RD)  
WR  
t
w(ALE)  
t
d(ALE-RD)  
ALE output  
BHE output  
t
d(BHE-RD)  
t
h(RD-BHE)  
t
d(BHE-ALE)  
td(A-RD)  
t
h(RD-A)  
A
A
A
0—  
A
A
A
7
output  
15 output  
23 output  
Address  
8—  
16—  
t
d(A-ALE
t
t
h(RD-CS)  
CS0–CS4 output  
Chip select  
LE)  
t
t
su(CS-DL/DH)  
su(A-DL/DH)  
t
su(DL/DH-RD)  
Input data  
t
h(RD-DL/DH)  
D
0
–D  
7 input  
D
8–D15 input (BYTE = “L”)  
t
pxz(RD-DLZ)  
t
d(LA-RD)  
t
pzx(RD-DLZ)  
LA  
(D  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
0
–LA  
0
7
output  
0/LA –D  
7/LA  
7)  
Address  
t
h(ALE-LA)  
t
su(DL-RD)  
t
d(LA-ALE)  
t
h(RD-DL)  
t
su(LA-DL)  
D0–D7 input  
Data  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
t
su(PiD-RD)  
Input data  
t
h(RD-PiD)  
Port Pi input  
Note: These become a multiplex bus only when all of the following conditions are satisfied:  
• BYTE = “H”  
• Multiplex bus select bit = “1”  
• While the address which corresponds to chip select signal CS4 is accessed  
Test conditions (Port Pi, f(XIN))  
Test conditions (except Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, C  
• Data input : VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2.5 V  
L = 100 pF  
105  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(when 5-φ access in high-speed running <Write>)  
t
w(H)  
t
w(L)  
t
r
t
f
tc  
f(XIN  
)
t
w(φL)  
φ1  
tw(φH)  
t
d(φ1-WR)  
t
d(φ1-WR)  
RD  
WR  
t
w(WR)  
t
w(ALE)  
t
d(ALE-WR)  
ALE output  
BHE output  
t
h(WR-BHE)  
t
d(BHE-WR)  
t
t
d(BHE-ALE)  
d(A-WR)  
t
h(WR-A)  
A
A
A
0—  
A
7
output  
15 output  
23 output  
8—A  
Address  
16—  
A
t
d(A-ALE)  
t
h(WR-CS)  
t
d(CS-WR
Chip select  
CS0—CS4 output  
t
h(WR-DLQ/DHQ)  
t
d(WR-DLQ/DHQ)  
D
0—  
D
7
output  
Output data  
D
8—D  
15 output (BYTE = “L”)  
t
pzx(WR-DLZ/DHZ)  
t
pxz(WR-DLZ/DHZ)  
td(WR-DLQ)  
t
d(LA-WR)  
Address  
t
h(WR-DLQ)  
D0/LA0—D7/LA7 output  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
Data  
t
h(ALE-LA)  
t
d(LA-ALE)  
t
d(WR-PiQ)  
Port Pi output  
Note: These become a multiplex bus only when all of the following conditions are satisfied:  
• BYTE = “H”  
• Multiplex bus select bit = “1”  
• While the address which corresponds to chip select signal CS4 is accessed  
Test conditions (Port Pi, f(XIN))  
Test conditions (except Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, C  
L = 100 pF  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF  
• Data input : VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2.5 V  
106  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(when 5-φ access in high-speed running <Read>)  
t
w(H)  
t
w(L)  
t
r
t
f
tc  
f(XIN  
)
t
w(φL)  
φ1  
t
w(φH)  
t
d(φ1-RD)  
td(φ1-RD)  
RD  
t
w(RD)  
WR  
t
w(ALE)  
t
d(ALE-RD)  
ALE output  
BHE output  
t
d(BHE-RD)  
t
h(RD-BHE)  
t
d(BHE-ALE)  
d(A-RD)  
t
t
h(RD-A)  
A
A
A
0—  
A
7
output  
15 output  
23 output  
Address  
8—A  
16—  
A
t
d(A-ALE)  
t
d(CS-RD)  
t
h(RD-CS)  
Chip select  
CS0—CS4 output  
t
d(
t
t
su(CS-DL/DH)  
su(A-DL/DH)  
t
su(DL/DH-RD)  
Input data  
t
h(RD-DL/DH)  
D
0—  
D
7
input  
D8—  
D15 input (BYTE = “L”)  
t
pxz(RD-DLZ)  
t
t
pzx(RD-DLZ)  
h(RD-DL)  
t
d(LA-RD)  
LA0—LA  
(D /LA0—  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
7
output  
Address  
0
D7/LA7)  
t
h(ALE-LA)  
t
su(DL-RD)  
t
d(LA-ALE)  
tsu(LA-DL)  
D
0—D7 input  
Data  
(multiplex bus (Note))  
t
su(PiD-RD)  
t
h(RD-PiD)  
Port Pi input  
Input data  
Note: These become a multiplex bus only when all of the following conditions are satisfied:  
•BYTE = “H”  
•Multiplex bus select bit = “1”  
•While the address which corresponds to chip select signal CS  
4
is accessed  
Test conditions (Port Pi, f(XIN))  
Test conditions (except Port Pi, f(XIN))  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Input timing voltage : VIL = 1.0 V, VIH = 4.0 V  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, C  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, C  
• Data input : VIL = 0.8 V, VIH = 2.5 V  
L = 100 pF  
L
= 100 pF  
107  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
<NOTE> External bus timing when internal memory area is accessed (2-φ access) in high-speed  
running  
(VCC = 5 V±10 %, VSS = 0 V, Ta = –20 to 85 °C, f(XIN) 40 MHz when the clock source select bit = “0” )  
f (XIN) = 40 MHz  
Bus timing  
data formula  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Unit  
Min.  
Max.  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tw(φH), tw(φL)  
td(φ1–WR)  
td(φ1–RD)  
φ high-level pulse width, φ low-level pulse width  
5
– 20  
___  
WR output delay time  
–7  
–7  
5
12  
12  
___  
RD output delay time  
1 × 109  
– 20  
___  
__  
tw(WR)  
WR low-level pulse width  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
___  
__  
tw(RD)  
RD low-level pulse width  
5
– 20  
td(A–WR)  
Address output delay time  
Address output delay time  
Address output delay time  
25  
25  
25  
10  
25  
25  
10  
– 25  
td(A–RD)  
– 25  
td(A–ALE)  
– 40  
____  
td(BHE–WR)  
td(BHE–RD)  
td(BHE–ALE)  
td(CS–WR)  
td(CS–RD)  
td(CS–ALE)  
BHE output delay time  
– 25  
____  
BHE output delay time  
– 25  
____  
BHE output delay time  
– 40  
Chip select output delay time  
Chip select output delay time  
Chip select output delay time  
Data output delay time  
– 25  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
2 × 109  
f(XIN)  
– 25  
– 40  
————  
t
t
d(WR–DLQ/DHQ)  
35  
1 × 109  
+ 5  
pxz(WR–DLZ/DHZ) Floating start delay time  
30  
4
f(XIN)  
————  
td(ALE–WR)  
td(ALE–RD)  
tw(ALE)  
ALE output delay ti
ALE output dela
ALE pulse width  
————  
4
1 × 109  
– 15  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
15  
0
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
1 × 109  
f(XIN)  
th(WR–A)  
Address hold time  
Address hold time  
– 15  
th(RD–A)  
– 15  
____  
td(WR–BHE)  
td(RD–BHE)  
td(WR–CS)  
td(RD–CS)  
BHE hold time  
– 15  
____  
BHE hold time  
– 15  
Chip select hold time  
Chip select hold time  
Data hold time  
– 15  
– 15  
t
t
h(WR–DLQ/DHQ)  
– 10  
pzx(WR–DLZ/DHZ) Floating release delay time  
————  
: f(XIN) 20 MHz when the clock source select bit = “1”.  
: f(XIN) = 20 MHz when the clock source select bit = “1”.  
108  
MITSUBISHI MICROCOMPUTERS  
M37754M8C-XXXGP, M37754M8C-XXXHP  
M37754S4CGP, M37754S4CHP  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER  
(External bus timing on internal RAM access (2-φ access) in high-speed running)  
t
w(H)  
t
w(L)  
tw(H) tw(L)  
t
r
t
f
t
c
t
r
t
f
tc  
f(XIN  
)
t
w(φL)  
tw(φL)  
φ1  
t
d(φ1-WR)  
td(φ1-RD)  
t
d(φ1-WR)  
td(φ1-RD)  
t
w(φH)  
t
w(φH)  
RD  
t
w(RD)  
WR  
t
w(WR)  
ALE)  
t
d(ALE-RD)  
t
w(ALE)  
t
d(ALE-WR)  
ALE output  
t
h(WR-BHE)  
t
h(RD-BHE)  
h(RD-A)  
t
d(BHE-WR)  
td(BHE-RD)  
BHE output  
t
d(BHE-ALE)  
d(A-WR)  
t
d(BHE-ALE)  
t
t
td(A-RD)  
A
A
A
0—  
A
7
output  
15 output  
23 output  
8—A  
Address  
Address  
16—  
A
t
d(A-ALE)  
td(A-ALE)  
t
h(WR-CS)  
th(RD-CS)  
t
d(CS-WR)  
td(CS-RD)  
CS0—CS4 output  
td(CS-ALE)  
td(CS-AL
t
h(WR-DLQ/DHQ)  
WR-DLQ/DHQ)  
Hi-Z  
Hi-Z  
D
0—  
D
7
output  
Data  
D
8—  
D
15 output (BYTE = “L”)  
t
pzx(WR-DLZ/DHZ)  
t
pxz(WR-DLZ/DHZ)  
The value of output data is undefined.  
Test conditions  
• VCC = 5 V±10 %  
• Output timing voltage : VOL = 0.8 V, VOH = 2.0 V, CL = 100 pF  
109  
GZZ–SH00–85B<85A0>  
Mask ROM number  
Date:  
7700 FAMILY MASK ROM ORDER CONFIRMATION FORM  
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT MICROCOMPUTER  
M37754M8C-XXXGP  
Section head  
signature  
Supervisor  
signature  
M37754M8C-XXXHP  
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC  
Note : Please fill in all items marked  
Responsible  
Supervisor  
officer  
TEL  
(
Company  
name  
)
Customer  
Date  
issued  
Date:  
1. Confirmation  
Specify the name of the product being ordered.  
Three sets of EPROMs are required for each pattern (Check @ in the ax).  
If at least two of the three sets of EPROMs submitted contain the idee will produce masks based on this data.  
We shall assume the responsibility for errors only if the mask ROe products we produce differ from this data.  
Thus, the customer must be especially careful in verifying the ed in the EPROMs submitted.  
Checksum code for entire EPROM area
(hexadecimal notation)  
EPROM Type :  
27512  
(1) Set “FF16” in the shaded area.  
0000  
Address 016 to 1016 are the area for storing the data  
on model designation and options.This area must be  
written with the data shown below.  
(2)  
0000  
0010  
00010  
Details for option data are given next in the section  
describing the STP instruction option.  
1000  
FFFF  
11000  
Address and data are written in hexadecimal notation.  
DATA  
DATA  
60K  
Address  
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
Address  
Address  
10  
Option data  
43  
2D  
FF  
FF  
FF  
FF  
FF  
FF  
4D  
33  
37  
37  
35  
34  
4D  
38  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
1FFFF  
7
2. STP instruction option  
One of the following sets of data should be written to the option data address (1016) of the EPROM you have ordered.  
Check @ in the appropriate box.  
STP instruction enable  
STP instruction disable  
Address 1016  
Address 1016  
0116  
0016  
3. Mark specification  
Mark specification must be submitted using the correct form for the type of package being ordered fill out the appropriate  
100P6S Mark Specification Form (for M37754M8C-XXXGP), 100P6Q Mark Specification Form (for M37754M8C-XXXHP)  
and attach to the Mask ROM Order Confirmation Form.  
4. Comments  
100P6S (100-PIN QFP) MARK SPECIFICATION FORM  
Mitsubishi IC catalog name  
Please choose one of the marking types below (A, B, C), and enter the Mitsubishi catalog name and the special mark (if needed).  
A. Standard Mitsubishi Mark  
80  
51  
81  
50  
Mitsubishi IC catalog name  
Mitsubishi lot number  
(6-digit or 7-digit)  
100  
31  
1
30  
B. Customer’s Parts Number + Mitsubishi catalog name  
80  
51  
81  
50  
mer’s Parts Number  
te : The fonts and size of characters are standard Mitsubishi type.  
Mitsubishi IC catalog name  
Note1 : The mark field should be written right aligned.  
2 : The fonts and size of characters are standard Mitsubishi type.  
3 : Customer’s Parts Number can be up to 14 characters : Only 0 ~  
,
100  
1  
9, A ~ Z, +, –, /, (, ), &,  
, (periods), (commas) are usable.  
.
1
30  
C. Special Mark Required  
Note1 : If the Special Mark is to be Printed, indicate the desired  
layout of the mark in the left figure. The layout will be  
duplicated as close as possible.  
80  
51  
81  
50  
Mitsubishi lot number (6-digit or 7-digit) and Mask ROM  
number (3-digit) are always marked.  
2 : If the customer’s trade mark logo must be used in the  
Special Mark, check the box below.  
Please submit a clean original of the logo.  
For the new special character fonts a clean font original  
(ideally logo drawing) must be submitted.  
100  
31  
1
30  
Special logo required  
100P6Q (100-PIN LQFP) MARK SPECIFICATION FORM  
Mitsubishi IC catalog name  
Please choose one of the marking types below (A, B, C), and enter the Mitsubishi catalog name and the special mark (if needed).  
A. Standard Mitsubishi Mark  
75  
51  
76  
50  
Mitsubishi IC catalog name  
Mitsubishi IC catalog name  
Mitsubishi lot number  
(6-digit or 7-digit)  
100  
26  
1
25  
B. Customer’s Parts Number + Mitsubishi catalog name  
75  
51  
76  
50  
tomer’s Parts Number  
ote : The fonts and size of characters are standard Mitsubishi type.  
Mitsubishi IC catalog name  
Note1 : The mark field should be written right aligned.  
2 : The fonts and size of characters are standard Mitsubishi type.  
3 : Customer’s Parts Number can be up to 12 characters : Only 0 ~  
,
Mitsubishi lot
(6-digit
9, A ~ Z, +, –, /, (, ), &,  
, (periods), (commas) are usable.  
.
100  
26  
1
25  
C. Special Mark Required  
Note1 : If the Special Mark is to be Printed, indicate the desired  
layout of the mark in the left figure. The layout will be  
duplicated as close as possible.  
75  
51  
76  
50  
Mitsubishi lot number (6-digit or 7-digit) and Mask ROM  
number (3-digit) are always marked.  
2 : If the customer’s trade mark logo must be used in the  
Special Mark, check the box below.  
Please submit a clean original of the logo.  
For the new special character fonts a clean font original  
(ideally logo drawing) must be submitted.  
100  
26  
Special logo required  
1
25  
Keep safety first in your circuit designs!  
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation puts the maximum effort into making semiconductor products better and more reliable, but there is always the possibility that trouble may occur with them. Trouble with  
semiconductors may lead to personal injury, fire or property damage. Remember to give due consideration to safety when making your circuit designs, with appropriate measures such as (i) placement of  
substitutive, auxiliary circuits, (ii) use of non-flammable material or (iii) prevention against any malfunction or mishap.  
Notes regarding these materials  
These materials are intended as a reference to assist our customers in the selection of the Mitsubishi semiconductor product best suited to the customer’s application; they do not convey any license under any  
intellectual property rights, or any other rights, belonging to Mitsubishi Electric Corporation or a third party.  
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation assumes no responsibility for any damage, or infringement of any third-party’s rights, originating in the use of any product data, diagrams, charts or circuit application examples  
contained in these materials.  
All information contained in these materials, including product data, diagrams and charts, represent information on products at the time of publication of these materials, and are subject to change by Mitsubishi  
Electric Corporation without notice due to product improvements or other reasons. It is therefore recommended that customers contact Mitsubishi Electric Corporation or an authorized Mitsubishi Semiconductor  
product distributor for the latest product information before purchasing a product listed herein.  
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation semiconductors are not designed or manufactured for use in a device or system that is used under circumstances in which human life is potentially at stake. Please contact  
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation or an authorized Mitsubishi Semiconductor product distributor when considering the use of a product contained herein for any specific purposes, such as apparatus or systems for  
transportation, vehicular, medical, aerospace, nuclear, or undersea repeater use.  
The prior written approval of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation is necessary to reprint or reproduce in whole or in part these materials.  
If these products or technologies are subject to the Japanese export control restrictions, they must be exported under a license from the Japanese government and cannot be imported into a country other than the  
approved destination.  
Any diversion or reexport contrary to the export control laws and regulations of Japan and/or the country of destination is prohibited.  
Please contact Mitsubishi Electric Corporation or an authorized Mitsubishi Semiconductor product distributor for further details on these materials or the products contained therein.  
© 1999 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORP.  
New publication, effective Apr. 1999.  
Specifications subject to change without notice.  
REVISION DESCRIPTION LIST  
M37754M8C-XXXGP/HP DATA SHEET  
Rev.  
Rev.  
Revision Description  
No.  
date  
1.0 First Edition  
971114  
1.01 (1) Page 14 is updated. (The previous version of this page cannot be read in.)  
980602  
(2 ) The following are added:  
•MASK ROM ORDER CONFIRMATION FORM  
•MARK SPECIFICATION FORM  
2.00 (1) For the “valid output polarity select bit for interrupt request (bit 1 at address 1C16)” (three-  
phase mode 1), it’s name and function are corrected:  
990428  
• New bit name in three-phase mode 1: interrupt validity output s
• Corrected function:  
0: Timer B2 interrupt request generated at each even-nnderflow of timer B2  
1: Timer B2 interrupt request generated at each oddunderflow of timer B2  
• Related pages: pages 37, 38, 40  
(2) For the following register, it’s internal status t is corrected:  
Target register: processor mode registss 5E16  
• Correction: the status of bit 1 is “0”.
• Related page: page 63  
)
(3) The names of registers at 5C16, 5D16 are corrected:  
• Address 5C16: timer Bgister  
• Address 5D16: timee register  
• Related page:
(4) For the “timer A write flag (address 4516)”, it’s name and it’s bit name are corrected:  
• New register name: timer A write register  
• New bit name: timer Ai write bit (i = 0 to 2)  
• Related pages: pages 8, 37, 40, 63  
(1/1)  

相关型号:

M37754M8C-XXXHP

SINGLE-CHIP 16BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER
MITSUBISHI

M37754M8C-XXXHP

SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER
RENESAS

M37754S4CGP

SINGLE-CHIP 16BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER
MITSUBISHI

M37754S4CGP

SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER
RENESAS

M37754S4CHP

SINGLE-CHIP 16BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER
MITSUBISHI

M37754S4CHP

SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER
RENESAS

M37762M8A

16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER
RENESAS

M37762MCA

16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER
RENESAS

M37762MFA-XXXGP

16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER
RENESAS

M3776AM8A

SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT MICROCOMPUTER
RENESAS

M3776AM8H

SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER
RENESAS

M37774E9AGS

Microcontroller, 16-Bit, UVPROM, 16MHz, CMOS, CQCC100, WINDOWED, LCC-100
MITSUBISHI